Home

- Schneider Electric

image

Contents

1. 12 2005 Figure A 2 Identifying I Os for the command interface I O Point No 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 ae I O Extender Label ig ce oe ee ee p 8 7c Q i A O 9 00 0008 Ea oe 2 s a GU Aea h 2 q l y 52H l j om Ww L B Q ETE Q Sfeca RE 10C44 in Option Slot B iam Ce ARG TEL ma Point No Label i BS4 BS3 BS2 BS1 BRO BR3 BR2 BR1 Eg i Eo i 20 B S2 i o jo 21 B S3 y s AS4AS3 AS2AS1 ARO AR3 AR2 AR1 22 B S4 J 7 23 BRI a 24 B R2 _ Ht i TARARE 25 B R3 i 26 B RO gt
2. Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Derived using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power 4 Alternate True 0 2000 wire system only Reported value is 1164 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 32 768 if N A mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase A 2 representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power 4 Alternate True 0 2 000 wire system only Reported value is 1165 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 32 768 if N A mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase B representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power 4 Alternate True 0 2 000 wire system only Reported value is 1166 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 32 768 if N A mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase C i representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power Alternate True Reported value is mapped from 0 1167 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 0 2 000 2000 with 1000 representing unity Total values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental Displacement 1 000 1168 P
3. C Cc MAIN MENU RESETS Meters gt Energy Mi n Max Demand View Alarms Min Max y 1 0 Display Meter Init Resets t Setup Diagnostics CMP L 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved A password is required to reset any of the options on the Reset menu The default password is 0 See Setting Up Passwords on page 31 for more information about passwords You can perform resets from the circuit monitor as described in this section or if you are using SMS you can set up a task to perform the reset automatically at a specified time See the SMS online help for instructions NOTE To stop users from using the display to reset energy peak demand and min max values see Advanced Meter Setup on page 39 for instructions on using the reset locking feature 41 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation 12 2005 To perform resets follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Resets The Resets menu displays ESIETS gt Energy ee Mi n Max J Meter Init 2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options on the Resets menu To select a menu option press the enter button Depending on the option you select the screen for that value displays En ENERGY gt Accumulated RESET DEMAND RESET MIN MAX METER INIT No gt PK Power Demand No
4. J 6 Select the position of the new transient alarm The Alarm Parameters menu displays Table 11 3 describes the options on this menu Table 11 3 Options for Creating a Transient Alarm C ALARM PARAMETERS Lbl Impulsive Trans Type Imp Voltage Qty All Phases Available Values Selection Description Default Label name of the alarm Press the down arrow button to scroll through the Alphanumeric Lbl alphabet The lower case letters are presented first then upper case then Impulsive Upto 1S charagters numbers and symbols Press the enter button to select a letter and move to Trans P the next character field To move to the next option press the menu button Type The alarm type is configured by default and cannot be changed Vass 144 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T Table 11 3 Options for Creating a Transient Alarm continued Option Available Values Selection Description Default All Phases For transient alarms this is the value to be evaluated While selected press the arrow buttons to scroll through quantity options Pressing the enter button Ph A Sake bac DEA while an option is displayed will activate that option s list of values Use the Ph B i arrow buttons to scroll through the li
5. 27 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation 12 2005 4 Select the I O option that you have installed In this example we selected the I O Extender The I O Extender Setup selection menu displays Lid 110 EXTENDER SETUP A Select Modules ones Modul es 5 Select the Configure Modules menu option The IOX Setup menu displays according to the IOX previously selected In this example the IOX Custom Setup menu displays Cc 1 0X CUSTOM SETUP i L gt Position Position Position Position t it t Position t t t L Position Position Position COND UM AUNE 6 Select the position in which the I O is installed The I O module s setup menu displays based on the type of module installed in the selected position ANALOG NPUT SETUP ANALOG OUTPUT SETUP ol GITAL INPUT SETUP emoa OUTPUT SETUP Lbl Analog In C02 Lbl Analog Outcd4 Lbl Dig In CO1 Lol Dig Out C03 Type 4 20mA Input Type 4 20mA Output Type 120Vac Input Type 120 Vac Output 1 0 Point so or poi 38 1 0 Point 35 Vivo Poran amp 37 Multiplier 1 Reference Reg 100 Mode Nor mal Mode Nor mal Lower Limit 400 Lower Limit 400 Pulse Const FERR Upper Limit 2000 Upper Limit 2000 Timer secs 0 Control External Associate Alarm NOTE For a description of the I O options displayed above refer to Input Output Capab
6. Voltage B N 4 wire system Voltage B C 3 wire system RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 187 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Voltage Fundamental T Referenced to A N 4 wire or A B 3 1247 Coincident 1 Integer RO N XX 0 1 0 3 599 wire Angle B N B C Voltage Fundamental 7 Voltage C N 4 wire system 1248 RMS Magnitude 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage C A 3 wire system C N C A Voltage Fundamental k Referenced to A N 4 wire or A B 3 1249 Coincident 1 Integer RO N XX 0 1 0 3 599 wire Angle C N C A Voltage Fundamental 0 32 767 YA 1250 RMS Magnitude 1 Integer RO N E Volts Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only N G Voltage Fundamental 5 0 3 599 Referenced to A N 1251 Coincident Integer RO XK o 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Angle N G Fundamental Power Fundamental 1255 Real Power 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale ee S NIAT 4 wire s
7. 2159 Real Power 3 2 Long RO Y F kW Scale 2147483647 Phase Tota RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 211 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Power Factor 1 000 Average Peak Aan Average True Power Factor at the time 2161 Demand Real 1 Integer RO X K 9 001 109 lo 100 of the Peak Real Demand P 32 768 if N A ower Power Demand Reactive Peak E A Reactive Power Demand atthe time of 2162 Demand Real 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 ihe Peak Real Demand Power Power Demand Apparent Apparent Power Demand at the time 2163 peak Demand i integer DS y f KVASCA OSES of the Peak Real Demand Real Power Last Demand 3 Phase total present reactive power 2165 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO N F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 demand for last completed demand 3 Phase Total interval updated every sub interval Present Demand i 3 Phase total present real power 2166 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO N F
8. Disturbance Digital Boolean Transient Waveshape The Select Alarm screen displays SELECT ALARM 01 Over la 02 Over Ib 03 Over Ic J Chapter 3 Operation CM4000T only NOTE If you are setting up or editing a digital alarm alarm names such as Breaker 1 trip Breaker 1 reset will display instead Select the alarm you want to set up or edit The Edit Alarm screen with the alarm parameters displays Table 3 5 describes the options on this menu C EDIT ALARM Lbl Over la Enable No Priority None Setpoint Mode Abs Pickup 0 PU Diy seconds 0 Dropout 0 DO Diy seconds 0 23 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 NOTE If you are setting up or editing a digital alarm fields related to pickup and dropout are not applicable and will not be displayed 4 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the menu option you want to change then edit the alarm options 5 When you are finished with all changes press the menu button until Save Changes No flashes on the display Select Yes with the arrow button then press the enter button to save the changes NOTE An asterisk next to the alarm in the alarm list indicates that the alarm is enabled Table 3 5 Options for Editing an Alarm Option Available Values Selection Description
9. K ee SUM Ime Displacement Power Factor Power factor PF represents the degree to which voltage and current coming into a load are out of phase When true power factor is based on the angle between the fundamental components of current and voltage e Harmonic Values Harmonics can reduce the capacity of the power system The circuit monitor determines the individual per phase harmonic magnitudes and angles through the 68rd harmonic for all currents and voltages The harmonic magnitudes can be formatted as either a percentage of the fundamental default or a percentage of the rms value Refer to Setting Up Individual Harmonic Calculations on page 165 for information on how to configure harmonic calculations Harmonic Power Harmonic power is an indication of the non fundamental components of current and power in the electrical circuit The circuit monitor uses the following equation to calculate harmonic power Harmonic Power overall Power Fundamental Power Distortion Power Factor Distortion power factor is an indication of the distortion power content of non linear loads Linear loads do not contribute to distortion power even when harmonics are present Distortion power factor provides a way to describe distortion in terms of its total contribution to apparent power The circuit monitor uses the following equation to calculate the distortion power factor Overall Power Power Factor Distortion P
10. 10 Press the menu button until Save Changes No flashes on the display Select Yes with the arrow button then press the enter button to save the changes NOTE The Impulsive Transient alarm will be automatically disabled if invalid setpoints threshold and minimum pulse width are entered If you are unable to enable the alarm check your system configuration system type connection VT ratio and your alarm setpoints to ensure that the transient circuit monitor operates as intended Refer to Table 11 5 for minimum and maximum setpoint information 147 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T Table 11 4 Options for Editing a Transient Alarm 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Option Available Values Selection Description Default Label name of the alarm Press the down arrow button to scroll through the Lb Alohanurierie alphabet The lower case letters are presented first then uppercase then numbers Nam otthe Alari P and symbols Press the enter button to select a letter and move to the next character field To move to the next option press the menu button Select Y to make the alarm available for use by the circuit monitor On pre Yes N Enable configured alarms the alarm may already be enabled Select N to make the alarm No rapa not enabled function unavailable to the circuit monitor aur Low the lowest priority alarm High is the
11. 2 Enable Yes or No Yes enables the circuit monitor to begin updating the flicker measurements at the specified start time No No disables flicker The circuit monitor will not measure flicker even if a start time and intervals are set up Start time 0 1439 The start time is minutes from midnight and will begin at the specified start time if flicker is enabled Note that zero 0 starts immediately and that the start time is relative to today For example if the time is currently 1 00 pm and the desired start time is 2 00 am then you would enter 120 Measurement will start immediately rather than tomorrow morning at 2 00 0 am because this time has passed for today Changing the start time causes a reset only if the start time is after the present time of the circuit monitor 154 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Viewing Flicker Readings Viewing Flicker Data Web Pages Flicker Register List POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T After you have set up flicker and enabled it you can view the flicker readings from the display To do this follow this step 1 From the Main Menu select Meters gt Flicker The Flicker screen displays Lid SHORT TERM Phase A 0 256 Phase B 0 257 Phase C 0 IOL A The values display for short term flicker level for all three pha
12. Demand value the end of the subinterval 5 min is the average for last completed 15 minute interval interval Tie 20 25 30 35 40 45 min Rolling Block 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 61 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities Synchronized Demand Demand Current Demand Voltage 62 12 2005 The demand calculations can be synchronized by accepting an external pulse input a command sent over communications or by synchronizing to the internal real time clock Input Synchronized Demand You can set up the circuit monitor to accept an input such as a demand synch pulse from an external source The circuit monitor then uses the same time interval as the other meter for each demand calculation You can use any digital input installed on the meter to receive the synch pulse When setting up this type of demand you select whether it will be input synchronized block or input synchronized rolling block demand The rolling block demand requires that you choose a subinterval Command Synchronized Demand Using command synchronized demand you can synchronize the demand intervals of multiple meters on a communications network For example if a PLC input is monitoring a pulse at the end of a demand interval on a utility revenue meter you could program the PLC to issue a command to multiple meters whenever the
13. Digital Outputs Resets lt 4 Analog Outputs Setup lt 4 Diagnostics lt 4 CMPL e v 1i t af RESETS y Energy i Demand yy Min Max Ta Meter Init iti Ll el SETUP w Date amp Time 3 Display 1 Communications i Meter i Alarm ie VO W Passwords ae CMPL DIAGNOSTICS Meter Information CVM Information Read Write Regs Wiring Error Test Option Cards CMPL User CMPL Only if custom screen has been defined by user 10 The Main Menu on the display lists the menu options that you use to set up and control the circuit monitor and its accessories and to view metered data and alarms Figure 3 4 shows the Main Menu options with additional selections under each option Main menu options include the following e Meters Lets you view metered values that provide information about power usage and power quality Min Max Lets you view the minimum and maximum metered values since the last reset of the min max values with their associated dates and times e View Alarms Lets you view a list of all active alarms regardless of the priority In addition you can view a log of high priority alarms which contains the ten most recent high priority alarms 1 0 Display Lets you view the designation and status of each input or output This menu displays the I Os present so you will see only the available menu items for the I O modules installed e Resets Lets you reset ener
14. THD Meth THD Fund VAR Sign EEE 1EC Lock Energy Reset N Lock Pk Dmd Reset N Lock M M Reset N Lock Meter Init N 5 Change the desired options and press the menu button to save Table 3 10 Options for Advanced Meter Setup Option Available Values Selection Description Default Phase Rotation ABC or CBA Set the phase rotation to match the system ABC Incr Energy Int 0 1440 Set incremental energy interval in minutes The interval must be evenly divisible into 60 24 hours THD Meth THD Fund or Set the calculation for total harmonic distortion See Power Analysis Values on page THD thd RMS 68 for a detailed description VAR Sign IEEE IEC or Set the VAR sign convention See VAR Sign Conventions on page 58 for a IEEE IEC ALT CM1 discussion about VAR sign convention Lock Energy Reset YorN Lock the reset of the accumulated energy If set to Y yes the Energy option on the N 40 Reset menu will be locked so that the value cannot be reset from the display even if a password has been set up for the Reset option See Resetting Min Max Demand and Energy Values on page 41 for more information 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Table 3 10 Options for Advanced Meter Setup continued Lock Pk Dmd Reset YorN Lock the reset of peak demand
15. 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 15 16 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Redirecting the RS 232 to the RS 485 Port 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Redirecting the RS 232 to the RS 485 lets you communicate directly from your PC to any device on the RS 485 daisy chain as illustrated in Figure 3 7 This configuration provides the benefit of a built in RS 232 to RS 485 converter and is convenient for use in smaller systems Figure 3 7 Redirected RS 232 port to the RS 485 port J Tofolfo olfofol ofo fa al e R Follow these steps ie 2 Set the RS 485 port to Master before redirecting the RS 232 to the RS 485 port From the Main Menu of the display select Setup gt Communications gt RS 485 gt Mode gt Master NOTE If the RS 485 port is not set to Master the circuit monitor will disable the redirect of the RS 232 port To redirect the RS 232 port from the Communications menu select gt RS 232 gt Redirect to RS 485 Save your changes 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Redirecting the IR Port of the Display to the RS 485 po a l Eza PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Redirecting the
16. N fi 2 10044 in Option Slot A KO KO KO flo olho olila Hoio Point No Label 3 A S1 4 AS2 5 A S3 6 A S4 7 ARI 8 AR2 9 ARS 10 A RO 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 161 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix A Using the Command Interface OPERATING OUTPUTS FROM THE COMMAND INTERFACE USING THE COMMAND INTERFACE TO CHANGE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS 162 12 2005 To operate an output from the command interface first identify the relay using the O point number Then set the output to external control For example to energize the last output on Option Card B write the commands as follows 1 Write number 26 to register 8001 2 Write command code 3310 to register 8000 to set the relay to external control 3 Write command code 3321 to register 8000 If you look in Table A 2 on page 158 you ll see that command code 3310 sets the relay to external control and command code 3321 is listed as the command used to energize a relay Command codes 3310 3381 are for use with inputs and outputs You can also use the command interface to change values in selected metering related registers such as synchronizing the time of day of the clock or resetting generic demand Two commands 9020 and 9021 work together as part of the command interface procedure when you use it to change circuit monitor configuration You must first issue comm
17. PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix A Using the Command Interface 5 Write the desired interval length from 0 1440 minutes to register 3229 6 If incremental energy will be controlled from a remote master such as a programmable controller write 0 to the register 7 Write 1 to register 8001 8 Write command code 9021 to register 8000 Start To start a new incremental energy interval from a remote master write command code 6910 to register 8000 The circuit monitor can perform harmonic magnitude and angle calculations for each metered value and for each residual value The harmonic magnitude can be formatted as either a percentage of the fundamental THD or as a percentage of the rms values thd The harmonic magnitude and angles are stored in a set of registers 28 672 30 719 During the time that the circuit monitor is refreshing harmonic data the circuit monitor posts a value of 0 in register 3245 When the set of harmonic registers is updated with new data the circuit monitor posts a value of 1 in register 3245 The circuit monitor can be configured to hold the values in these registers for up to 60 metering update cycles once the data processing is complete The circuit monitor has three operating modes for harmonic data processing disabled magnitude only and magnitude and angles Because of the extra processing time necessary to perform these calculations the factory default opera
18. 010 31 Under Frequency Under Freq 1180 Hundredths of Hertz 020 32 Lagging true power factor Lag True PF 1163 Thousandths 055 33 Leading true power factor Lead True PF 1163 Thousandths 054 34 Lagging displacement power factor Lag Disp PF 1171 Thousandths 055 35 Leading displacement power factor Lead Disp PF 1171 Thousandths 054 36 Over Current Demand Phase A Over la Dmd 1961 Amperes A 010 37 Over Current Demand Phase B Over Ib Dmd 1971 Amperes A 010 38 Over Current Demand Phase C Over Ic Dmd 1981 Amperes A 010 39 Over THD Voltage A N Over THD Van 1207 Tenths 010 40 Over THD Voltage B N Over THD Vbn 1208 Tenths _ 010 41 Over THD Voltage C N Over THD Vcn 1209 Tenths 010 42 Over THD Voltage A B Over THD Vab 1211 Tenths 010 43 Over THD Voltage B C Over THD Vbc 1212 Tenths 010 44 Over THD Voltage C A Over THD Vca 1213 Tenths 010 45 80 Reserved for custom alarms High Speed Alarms 100 ms 01 Over Current A Over la HS 1 000 Amperes A 010 02 Over Current B Over Ib HS 1001 Amperes A 010 03 Over Current C Over Ic HS 1002 Amperes A 010 04 Over Current N Over In HS 1003 Amperes B 010 05 Over Current G Over Ig HS 1004 Amperes C 010 06 Over Voltage A N Over Van HS 1024 Volts D 010 07 Over Voltage B N Over Vbn HS 1025 Volts D 010 08 Over Voltage C N Over Vcn HS 1026 Volts D 010 09 Over Voltage A B Over Vab HS 1020 Volts D 010 10 Over Voltage B C Over Vbc HS 1021 Volts D 010 11 Over Voltage C A
19. How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Distortion Power b 0 1 000 eds 1270 Factor Phase C 1 nteger RO N XX 0 10 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Distortion Power o 1271 Factor Total 1 nteger RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Harmonic Current and Voltage Harmonic 1274 Current Phase A 1 nteger RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Harmonic 1275 Current Phase B 1 nteger RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Harmonic 1276 Current Phase C 1 nteger RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Harmonic 0 32 767 mie 1277 Current Neutral 1 nteger RO N B Amperes Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Harmonic Voltage A N 4 wire system 1278 Voltage A N A B 1 nteger RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage A B 3 wire system Harmonic _ Voltage B N 4 wire system 1279 Voltage B N B C 1 nteger RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage B C 3 wire system Harmonic Voltage C N 4 wire system 1280 Voltage C N C A 1 nteger RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage C A 3 wire system Total Demand Calcula
20. PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities Before we describe the 11 available relay operating modes it is important to understand the difference between a relay configured for remote external control and a relay configured for circuit monitor internal control Each relay output defaults to external control but you can choose whether the relay is set to external or internal control Remote external control the relay is controlled either from a PC using SMS or a programmable logic controller using commands via communications Circuit monitor internal control the relay is controlled by the circuit monitor in response to a set point controlled alarm condition or as a pulse initiator output Once you ve set up a relay for circuit monitor control you can no longer operate the relay remotely However you can temporarily override the relay using SMS NOTE If any basic setup parameters or I O setup parameters are modified all relay outputs will be de energized The 11 relay operating modes are as follows Normal Remotely Controlled Energize the relay by issuing a command from a remote PC or programmable controller The relay remains energized until a command to de energize is issued from the remote PC or programmable controller or until the circuit monitor loses control power When control power is restored the relay will be re energized Circuit Monitor
21. Unbalance Max 1 nteger RO N XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Worst L N L N 4 wire system only 1 s Metering Power Real Power 32 767 32 767 Real Power PA 1140 Phase A i nteger Ro 7 F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Real Power 32 767 32 767 Real Power PB 1141 Phase B 1 nteger Ro N 3 pesca 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Real Power 32 767 32 767 Real Power PC 1142 Phase C 1 nteger RO 5 F kw Scalg 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 1143 Real Power Total 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Wite system PA PB PC 3 wire system 3 Phase real power Reactive Power 32 767 32 767 Reactive Power QA 1144 Phase A nteger RO X g kvAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Reactive Power 32 767 32 767 Reactive Power QB 1145 Phase B nteger RO y z kvAr Scal 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Reactive Power 32 767 32 767 Reactive Power QC 1146 Phase C 1 nteger RO N j kVAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only A 4 wire system QA QB QC diag pee RONAN 4 nteger RO N F kvAr Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase reactive power Apparent Power 32 767 32 767 Apparent Power SA 1148 Phase A 1 nteger RO N R kVA Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Apparent Power 32 767 32 767 Apparent Power SB 1149 Phase B 1 nteger BO F kvA Scalg 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Apparent Power 32 767 32 767
22. to OFF transition of a digital input To create this type of custom alarm 1 Select the appropriate alarm group digital in this case 2 Select the type of alarm described in Table 6 4 on page 93 3 Give the alarm a name After creating a custom alarm you can configure it by applying priorities setting pickups and dropouts if applicable and so forth For instructions on creating custom alarms see Creating a New Custom Alarm on page 21 NOTE The circuit monitor will automatically create alarms for the OC44 and the IOX when the modules are identified These are OFF to ON alarms A circuit monitor can mimic the functions of certain motor management devices to detect and respond to conditions such as phase loss undervoltage or reverse phase relays While the circuit monitor is not a primary protective device it can detect abnormal conditions and respond by operating one or more Form C output contacts These outputs can be used to operate an alarm horn or bell to annunciate the alarm condition NOTE The circuit monitor is not designed for use as a primary protective relay While its setpoint controlled functions may be acceptable for certain applications it should not be considered a substitute for proper circuit protection If you determine that the circuit monitor s performance is acceptable for the application the output contacts can be used to mimic some functions of a motor management device When deciding if t
23. 1 Save 9021 8001 oD Heal Exit setup mode and save all changes 11100 8001 9999 Password Reset EN50160 Statistics You must write to register 8001 the number that identifies which output you would like to use To determine the identifying number refer to I O Point Numbers on page 160 for instructions Data buffer location register 8019 is the pointer to the first register where data will be stored By default return data begins at register 8020 although you can use any of the registers from 8020 8149 Take care when assigning pointers Values may be corrupted if two commands are using the same register 1 O POINT NUMBERS 160 All inputs and outputs of the circuit monitor have a reference number and a label that correspond to the position of that particular input or output The reference number is used to manually control the input or output with the command interface The label is the default identifier that identifies that same input or output The label appears on the display in SMS on the option card and on the I O extender Figure A 2 on page 161 shows the reference number and its label equivalent 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix A Using the Command Interface
24. 1485 Current Positive 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Minimum Current 1486 Negative 1 nteger RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Sequence Magnitude Minimum Current Negative Sequence Angle 1487 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Minimum 1488 Current Zero 1 nteger RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Sequence Magnitude Minimum 1489 Current Zero 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Minimum 1490 Voltage Positive 4 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Sequence Magnitude Minimum 1491 Voltage Positive 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Minimum Voltage 1492 Negative 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Sequence Magnitude Minimum Voltage Negative Sequence Angle 1493 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Minimum Voltage Zero Sequence Magnitude 1494 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Minimum 1495 Voltage Zero 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Minimum Current Sequence Unbalance 1496 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 1 000 1 000 Minimum Voltage Sequence Unbalance 1497 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 1 000 1 000 Minimum Current 1498 Sequence 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Unbalance Factor Negative Sequence Positive Sequence RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power
25. 19200 38400 Parity Even Odd or Parity at which the circuit monitor will Even None communicate Mode Master Operating mode of the Communications Slave Slave port Timeout 2 10 Timeout of communications transaction 2 in seconds Redirect Disabled Redirection options See Redirecting Disables To RS 232 the Port below To Subnet Ethernet communications is available only if you have an optional Ethernet Communications Card ECC that fits into slot A on the top of the circuit monitor See the section on Option Cards in the PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 installation manual for more information To set up the Ethernet communications between the circuit monitor and the network refer to the instruction bulletin provided with the ECC 13 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation Redirecting the Port Redirecting the IR Port to the ECC Subnet 12 2005 The port redirect feature lets you communicate to devices on a subnetwork through the infrared IR port of the display or the RS 232 port of your circuit monitor You can redirect the following ports e Redirect the RS 232 or IR port to the RS 485 e Redirect RS 232 or IR port to the ECC RS 485 subnetwork This feature can be especially useful for communication to non Modbus devices on a mixed mode daisy chain connected to the circuit monitor For example if your circuit monitor is equipped with an
26. 2 0 3 276 7 A 1 0 32 767 A O default 0 327 67 kA 1 Scale Group C Ground Current Amperes 0 327 67 A 2 0 3 276 7 A 1 0 32 767 A 0 default 0 327 67 kA 1 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 89 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 6 Alarms SCALING ALARM SETPOINTS 90 12 2005 Table 6 1 Scale Groups continued Scale Group Measurement Range ae Scale Group D Voltage L L Voltage 0 3 276 7 V 1 0 32 767 V 0 default 0 327 67 kV 1 0 3 276 7 kV 2 Eo L N N G Voltage 0 3 276 7 V 1 default 0 32 767 V 0 0 327 67 kV 1 0 3 276 7 kV 2 Scale Group F Power kW kVAR kVA Power 0 32 767 kW KVAR kVA 3 0 327 67 kW kKVAR kVA 2 0 3 276 7 kW KVAR kVA 1 0 32 767 kW KVAR kVA 0 default 0 327 67 MW MVAR MVA 1 0 3 276 7 MW MVAR MVA 2 0 32 767 MW MVAR MVA 3 This section is for users who do not have SMS and must set up alarms from the circuit monitor display It explains how to scale alarm setpoints When the circuit monitor is equipped with a display the display area is 4 x 20 characters which limits the displaying of most metered quantities to five characters plus a positive or negative sign The display will also show the engineering units applied to that quantity To determine the proper scaling of an alarm setpoint view the register number for the associated scale group The scale factor is the number
27. 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 169 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix B Specifications CM4000T SPECIFICATIONS Table B 2 Specifications for CM4000T METERING SPECIFICATIONS 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Current Inputs Each Channel Current Range 0 10 A ac Nominal Current 5Aac Voltage Inputs Each Channel Voltage Range 0 600 Vac Line to Line 347 Line to Neutral Nominal Voltage typical 120 Vac Impulsive Voltage Impulse Sampling Frequency 15 MHz 5 MHz per channel 3 voltage channels Impulse Range 0 to 5 000 volts peak L N 0 to 10 000 volts peak L L Impulse Resolution 12 bits 2 0 volts Impulse Accuracy 5 of reading Frequency Range Harmonic Response Phase Voltages and Currents 45 67 Hz 350 450 Hz Frequency 45 67 Hz Frequency 350 450 Hz 255th Harmonic 31st Harmonic Data Update Rate Approximately 1 second update of all real time readings for demand and energy calculations 100 ms update for some real time readings Accuracy Current measured e Phase Amperes and Neutral Amperes Current 0 04 of reading 0 025 full scale Voltage 0 04 of reading 0 025 full scale Power e Real Reactive and Apparent Power 0 075 of reading 0 025 of full scale True Power Factor 0 002 from 0 500 leading to 0 500 lagging Energy and Demand
28. 4 describes the options on this menu Table 3 4 Options for Creating an Alarm Option Selection Description Default Label name of the alarm Press the down arrow button to scroll through the alphabet The lower case letters are Lbl presented first then uppercase then numbers and symbols Press the enter button to select a letter and move to the next _ character field To move to the next option press the menu button Available values displayed in forward order are space a z A Z 9 0 If you use the up arrow button to scroll these values are displayed in reverse order Select the type of alarm that you are creating Note For digital alarms the type is either ON state OFF state or Unary to describe the state of the digital input Unary is available for digital alarms only Over Val over value Over Pwr over power Over Rev Pwr over reverse power Under Val under value Type Under Pwr under power Vnaefneg Phs Rev phase reversal Phs Loss Volt phase loss voltage Phs Loss Cur phase loss current PF Lead leading power factor PF Lag lagging power factor See Table 6 4 on page 93 for a description of alarm types For standard or high speed alarms this is the quantity to be evaluated While selected press the arrow buttons to scroll Qty through the quantity options Current Voltage Demand Unbalance Frequency Power Quality THD Harmonics Undefined Temperature Custom and Register Pressing the menu key w
29. 4 register format Count of transients by magnitude amp duration last week 80 values See Detecting Transient Overvoltages on Transient page 123 38413 38415 Overvoltages by 88 Viewing EN50160 Evaluations Web Pages Phase Last Week Setting Up EN50160 Evaluation 130 Date Time last transient overvoltage 4 register format Date Time last reset 4 register format You can view EN50160 Evaluations on web pages Refer to the POWERLOGIC Web Pages instruction bulletin 63230 304 207 In order to set up the EN50160 evaluation in the circuit monitor you must complete the following tasks 1 Enable the EN50160 evaluation By default the EN50160 evaluation is disabled For instructions on enabling see Enabling the EN50160 Evaluation on page 131 2 Select the nominal voltage of your system The EN50160 standard defines nominal voltage for low voltage systems to be 230V line to line for 3 wire systems or 230V line to neutral for 4 wire systems Therefore the default value for Nominal Voltage is 230 If the application is a medium voltage system or if you want the evaluations to be based on some other nominal voltage you can configure this value using the display only System Manager Software does not allow configuration of nominal voltage 3 Change the nominal frequency of your system if you are evaluating a 50 Hz system The EN50160 standard defines nominal frequency as 50 Hz but the circuit
30. ANSI C12 20 0 2 Class IEC 687 0 2 Class Frequency e 50 60Hz 400 Hz 0 01 Hz at 45 67 Hz 0 10 Hz at 350 450 Hz Time of Day Clock Calendar at 25 C METERING INPUT ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Less than 1 5 seconds in 24 hours 1 ms resolution Current Inputs Nominal 5 0 A rms Metering Over range 100 10 A maximum Overcurrent Withstand 15 A rms Continuous 50 A rms 10 seconds in 1 hour 500 A rms 1 second in 1 hour Input Impedance Less than 0 1 Ohm Burden Less than 0 15 VA Voltage Inputs Nominal Full Scale 347 Vac Line to Neutral 600 Line to Line Metering Over range 50 Input Impedance Greater than 2 Megohm L L 1 Megohm L N 170 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Appendix B Specifications Table B 2 Specifications for CM4000T continued CONTROL POWER INPUT SPECIFICATIONS 120 240 Vac Nominal Operating Input Range 90 305 Vac Burden maximum 50 VA Frequency Range 45 67 Hz 350 450 Hz Isolation 2300 V 1 minute Ride through on Power Loss 0 1 second at 120 Vac 125 250 Vdc Nominal Operating Input Range 100 300 Vdc Burden 30 W maximum Isolation 3250 Vdc 1 minute Ride through on Power Loss 0 1 second at 120 Vdc Mains Supply Voltage Fluctuations not
31. Because some locations require a different definition you can configure this value in register 3906 Define allowable range of slow voltage variations The standard defines the allowable range of slow voltage variations to be 10 of nominal voltage Because some locations require a different definition you can configure this value in register 3907 Count of Rapid Voltage Changes The standard does not specify the rate of change of the voltage for this evaluation For this evaluation the circuit monitor counts a change of 25 nominal and lt 10 nominal from one one second meter cycle to the next one second meter cycle It counts rapid voltage decreases and increases separately The interval for accumulation of these events is one week You can configure the number of allowable events per week in register 3917 Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled Detection and classification of Supply Voltage Dips According to EN50160 voltage dips are generally caused by faults in installations or the electrical utility distribution system Under normal operating conditions the number of voltage dips expected may be anywhere from less than a hundred to nearly a thousand The majority of voltage dips last less than one second with a depth less than 60 However voltage dips of greater depth and duration can occasionally occur In some regions voltage dips with depths between 10 and 15 of the nominal voltage are common because of th
32. Integer RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Angle at the time of magnitude Maximum Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle Maximum Current Fundamental 1 RMS Magnitude Phase C 1634 Integer RO Y Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Maximum Current Fundamental 1 Coincident Angle Phase C 1635 Maximum Current Fundamental 1 RMS Magnitude Neutral 1636 Integer Integer RO Y RO Y XX 0 1 Amperes Scale 0 3 599 0 32 767 32 768 if N A Angle at the time of magnitude Maximum Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle 4 wire system only Maximum Current Fundamental 1 Coincident Angle Neutral 1637 Maximum Current Fundamental 1 RMS Magnitude Ground 1638 Integer Integer RO Y RO Y XX 0 1 Amperes Scale 0 3 599 32 768 if N A 0 32 767 32 768 if N A Angle at the time of magnitude Maximum Referenced to A N 4 wire system only Maximum Current Fundamental 1 Coincident Angle Ground 1639 Maximum Fundamental Magn Integer itudes and RO Y Angles Voltage XX 0 1 0 3 599 32 768 if N A Angle at the time of magnitude Maximum Referenced to A N Maximum Voltage Fundamental 1 RMS Magnitude A N A B 1644 Maximum Voltage Fundamental 1 Coincident Angle A N A B 1645 Integer Integer RO Y RO Y XX Volts Scale 0 1 0 32 767 0 3 599 Voltage A N 4 wire
33. Not used Bit 14 Not used Bit 15 Not used 3912 Count of 10 second intervals present year 3914 Count of 10 second intervals this week 3916 126 Count of 10 minute intervals this week 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table 9 3 System Configuration and Status Registers continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring Register Number Description Saja i Number of allowable rapid voltage changes per week Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled yoia j Number of allowable short interruptions per year Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled 3019 F Number of allowable long interruptions per year Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled 3920 8 Number of allowable voltage dips per week for each range of Depth Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled 3930 8 Number of allowable overvoltages per week for each range of Magnitude Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled 3O40 10 Number of allowable transient overvoltages per week for each range of Magnitude Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled Evaluation Data Available Over a Communications Link Portal Registers Table 9 4 Portal Register Descriptions Portal Description Size Evaluation Summary 38270 Bitmap 18 Data Evaluation data is avai
34. Operation 020 Under Value Alarm If the test register value is below the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register rises above the dropout setpoint long enough to satisfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in hundreds of milliseconds 021 Under Power Alarm If the absolute value in the test register is below the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register rises above the dropout setpoint long enough to satisfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in hundreds of milliseconds 051 Phase Reversal The phase reversal alarm will occur when ever the phase voltage waveform rotation differs from the default phase rotation The ABC phase rotation is assumed to be normal If a CBA normal phase rotation is normal the user should reprogram the circuit monitor s phase rotation ABC to CBA phase rotation The pickup and dropout setpoints and delays for phase reversal do no apply 052 053 054 Phase Loss Voltage Phase Loss Current Leading Power Factor The phase loss voltage alarm will occur when any one or two phase voltages but not all fall to the pickup value and remain at or below the pickup value long enough to satisf
35. Real Time Readings Reportable Range Current Per Phase 0 to 32 767 A Neutral 0 to 32 767 A Ground 0 to 32 767 A 3 Phase Average 0 to 32 767 A Apparent rms 0 to 32 767 A Voltage Line to Line Per Phase 0 to 1 200 kV Line to Line 3 Phase Average 0 to 1 200 kV Line to Neutral Per Phase 0 to 1 200 kV Neutral to Ground 0 to 1 200 kV Line to Neutral 3 Phase Average 0 to 1 200 kV Real Power Per Phase 0 to 3 276 70 MW 3 Phase Total 0 to 3 276 70 MW Reactive Power Per Phase 0 to 3 276 70 MVAR 3 Phase Total 0 to 3 276 70 MVAR Apparent Power Per Phase 0 to 3 276 70 MVA 3 Phase Total 0 to 3 276 70 MVA Power Factor 3 Phase Total 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 Wye systems only When any one second real time reading reaches its highest or lowest value the circuit monitor saves the value in its nonvolatile memory These values are called the minimum and maximum min max values Two logs are associated with min max values The Min Max Log stores the minimum and maximum values since the last reset of the min max values The other log the Interval Min Max Average Log determines min max values over a specified interval and records the minimum maximum and average values for pre defined quantities over that specified interval For example the circuit monitor could record the min max and average every 1440 minutes total minutes in a day to record the daily value of quantities such as kW demand See Logging on page 101 fo
36. and output wires to the circuit monitor High voltage testing may damage electronic components contained in the circuit monitor Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Refernece Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 2 Safety Precautions 12 2005 6 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 CHAPTER 3 OPERATION OPERATING THE DISPLAY VIEWING THE SCREEN MAIN MENU Meters gt Min Max l View Alarms J PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation This section describes how to set up the circuit monitor from the display only Some advanced features such as configuring the onboard logs of the circuit monitor must be set up over the communications link using SMS Refer to the SMS instruction bulletin and online help file for instructions on setting up advanced features not accessible from the display Figure 3 1 gives examples of the display screen The display shows four lines of information at a time Notice the arrow on the left of the display screen This arrow indicates that you can scroll up or down to view more information For example on the Main Menu you can view the Resets Setup and Diagnostics menu options only if you scroll down to display them When at the top of a list the arrow moves to the t
37. nput 5 Maximum Auxiliary Analog R efer to Analog 32 767 32 767 4323 ee P J Integer RO X xX Input Setup 32 768 if N A nput 6 Maximum Auxiliary Analog Refer to Analo g 32 767 32 767 Tae Darana F Integer RO xx Input Setup 32 768 if N A nput 7 Maximum Auxiliary Analog R efer to Analog 32 767 32 767 Baia AIEA integer no x xx Input Setup 32 768 if N A nput 8 Maximum Auxiliary Analog Refer to Analo g 32 767 32 767 1598 aput aaa 1 Integer RO Y Xx Input Setup 32 768 if N A nput 9 Maximum Auxiliary Analog R efer to Analog 32 767 32 767 1233 ara P 1 Integer RO E a Input Setup 32 768 if N A nput 10 Maximum THD Maximum Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1600 THD thd Current 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Phase A Current Phase A Expressed as of fundamental Maximum Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1601 THD thd Current 1 Integer RO V XX 0 10 0 32 767 Phase B Current Phase B Expressed as of fundamental Maximum Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1602 THD thd Current 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Phase C Current Phase C Expressed as of fundamental Maximum Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 0 32 767 Phase N Current 1603 ae 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental ase 4 wire system only Maximum 0 32 767 Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1604 THD thd Current 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Ground Current Ground E
38. per phase Fundamental Real Power per phase Fundamental Reactive Power per phase Harmonic Power Unbalance current and voltage Phase Rotation Harmonic Magnitudes and Angles per phase Sequence Components The circuit monitor has a modular design to maximize its usability In addition to the main meter the circuit monitor has plug on modules and accessories including e Current voltage module A standard part of the circuit monitor is the current voltage module where all metering data acquisition occurs The circuit monitor is calibrated at the factory at the time of manufacture and PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 1 Introduction 12 2005 does not normally need to be recalibrated However in special cases where annual calibration is specified by the user the current voltage module can be removed and sent to the factory for recalibration without removing the entire circuit monitor See Replacing the Current Voltage Module in the PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Installation Manual for instructions on replacing the current voltage module e Current voltage transient module CVMT A standard part of the CM4000T and an optional accessory for the CM4000 and CM4250 See Section 11 Transient Circuit Monitor in the PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual for more information about the CM4000T e Remote display T
39. screen displays as shown below Table 3 2 describes the options on this menu RS 485 232 INFRARED PORT ETHERNE Protocol Modbus Protocol Modbus Protocol Modbus IP 157 100 216 amp 3 Address 1 Address 1 Address Ty este 2a cepa 20 0s Baud Rate 9600 Baud Rate 9600 Baud Rate 9600 _Rtr 157 198 216 10 Parity Even Parity Even Parity Even Port Type l0T 100TX Mode Slave Mode Slave Redirect Disabled Ti meout sec 2 Ti meout sec 2 Redirect Disabled Redirect Disabled Ethernet Communications Card ECC Setup 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the menu option you want to change 4 Press the enter button to select the value The value begins to blink Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the available values Then press the enter button to select the new value 5 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the other options on the menu or if you are finished press the menu button to save Table 3 2 Options for Communications Setup Option Available Values Selection Description Default Protocol MODBUS Select MODBUS or JBUS protocol MODBUS JBUS Address 1 255 Device address of the circuit monitor 1 See Setting the Device Address on page 12 for requirements of device addressing Baud 1200 Speed at which the devices will 9600 Rate 2400 communicate The baud rate must 4800 match all devices on the 9600 communications link
40. 1 indicates a 100 ms delay 2 indicates a 200 ms delay and so forth For alarm Dropout 1 32 767 disturbance the time unit is 1 cycle See Setpoint Driven Alarms on page 84 for DO Dly Dropout Delay an explanation of pickup and dropout setpoints Seconds 1 32 767 24 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Setting Up I Os Selecting I O Modules for the IOX 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation If you install an I O Extender IOX you must configure each I O module that is attached To set up an I O you must do the following 1 Install the I O option module following the instructions provided with the product 2 If using an IOX use the display to select which IOX option is installed 3 Use the display to configure each individual input and output You can also use SMS to configure inputs and outputs NOTE After selecting which IOX option is installed you can t configure the modules until you have saved the changes After saving the changes you then can configure the inputs and outputs NOTE For a description of I O options see Input Output Capabilities on page 71 To view the status of an I O see Viewing I O Status on page 47 You need to know the position number of the I O to set it up See I O Point Numbers on page 160 to determine this number To set up an I O follow
41. 12 2005 for basic setup if you are accepting the factory defaults already defined in the circuit monitor Follow these steps to set up the circuit monitor 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Meter The Meter setup screen displays Table 3 3 describes the options on this menu METER CT Primary 52 CT Secondary 5 NCT Primary 5 N CT Secondary 5 REN PT Pri Scale x1 L PT Primary 120 PT Secondary 120 Requirad f Sys Type 3 4W3CT ee a Frequency Hz 60 Pwr Dmd Meth Slide Pwr Dmd Int 15 Pwr Dmd Sub Int 1 Power Quality Advanced Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the menu option you want to change Press the enter button to select the value The value begins to blink Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the available values Then press the enter button to select the new value Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the other options on the menu or if you are finished press the menu button to save Option Available Values Selection Description Default CT Primary 1 32 767 Set the rating for the CT primary The circuit monitor supports two primary CT 5 ratings one for the phase CTs and the other for the neutral CT CT Secondary tor5 Set the rating for the CT secondaries 5 PT Pri Scale x1 Set the value to which the PT Primary is to be scaled if the PT Primary is larger x1 x10 than 32 767 For example setting the scale to x10 multiplies the PT Prima
42. 13 Redirecting the Port asiana raae ee aaraa aaa a Ea A aE AAE AES 14 Redirecting the IR Port to the ECC Subnet s sssnsssneeeneeeerenennnnnne 14 Redirecting the RS 232 Port to the ECC Subnet e 15 Redirecting the RS 232 to the RS 485 Port ccssceesseeeeeees 16 Redirecting the IR Port of the Display to the RS 485 17 Setting Up the Metering Functions of the Circuit Monitor 17 Setting Up Alarms saaien ieda iai 19 Setpoint Learning scccsct etter iene elvan a a 20 Creating a New Custom Alarm ccccsccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessneeessaes 21 Setting Up and Editing Alarms ccccccceseeseessseeseseeeesseessees 22 SettingiWpeOs iss cfhe sot ahs hestivaasebalee statin etal disinaitinte deities 25 Selecting I O Modules for the IOX ccceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeereaees 25 Configuring I O Modules for the 10X eeceesceeeeeeeceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaees 27 Configuring I O Modules for the IOC eeecesceseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaees 28 Setting Up Password S ar a ee a aae T a e aaa ea 31 Advanced Setup Features ccesesecceesesseeteeeeeaeeeseeseaeeeneetseeseaeeeeetes 32 Creating Custom Quantities to be Displayed 32 Creating Custom Screens ccceeecceesseeeseneeeeeneeeeseeeseneeessneeesenes 35 Viewing Custom Screens ccceeeceeeceeeneeeeneeseeeteeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeaees 39 Advanced Meter Setup ecccseeseeseesseeseeeteaeeeseeeeaeeeaeesseeeeaeeea
43. 2005 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation 2 Select Wiring Error Test from the menu The circuit monitor asks if the wiring matches the test assumptions a pesi Assumptions y Va and Vn for 4 wire Va and Vb for 3 wire L are correct I 3 Press the down arrow button The circuit monitor asks if the expected displacement power factor is between 0 60 lagging and 0 99 leading Ld Test Assumptions Displacement PF is between 0 60 lag and 0 99 ead J 4 Press the down arrow button again The circuit monitor asks if you d like to perform a wiring check C perform Test No J 5 Select Yes to perform the test by pressing the up arrow button and then pressing the enter button The circuit monitor performs the wiring test If it doesn t find any errors the circuit monitor displays Wire test complete No errors found If it finds possible errors it displays Error detected See following screens for details 6 Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the wiring error messages Table 3 12 on page 52 explains the possible wiring error messages 7 Turn off all power supplying the circuit monitor Verify that the power is off using a properly rated voltage testing device 51 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Referen
44. 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 CONDITIONAL ENERGY Command Interface Control Digital Input Control 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix A Using the Command Interface Circuit monitor registers 1728 1744 are conditional energy registers Conditional energy can be controlled in one of two ways e Over the communications link by writing commands to the circuit monitor s command interface or By a digital input for example conditional energy accumulates when the assigned digital input is on but does not accumulate when the digital input is off The following procedures tell how to set up conditional energy for command interface control and for digital input control The procedures refer to register numbers and command codes For a listing of command codes see Table A 2 on page 158 in this chapter Set Control To set control of conditional energy to the command interface 1 Write command code 9020 to register 8000 2 In register 3227 set bit 6 to 1 preserve other bits that are ON 3 Write 1 to register 8001 4 Write command code 9021 to register 8000 Start To start conditional energy accumulation write command code 6321 to register 8000 Verify Setup To verify proper setup read register 1794 The register should read 1 indicating conditional energy accumulation is ON Stop To s
45. 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 3 Operation The Setup menu displays es SETUP Date amp Time Di splay C J Meter Alarm 1 0 Le Passwords CMPL 3 Select Display The Display menu displays CC DI SPLAY gt Language English Date MM DD YYYY Time Format AM PM VFD Sensitivity 2 Display Timer 5 Min Custom Quantity aes Custom Screen 4 Select Custom Quantity The Custom Quant Setup screen displays CUSTOM QUANT SETUP gt Custom Quantity 1 ustom Quantity 2 ustom Quantity 3 ustom Quantity 4 ustom Quantity 5 ustom Quantity 6 a Q 7 Q 8 Q 9 Q 1 ustom Quantity ustom Quantity ustom Quantity ustom Quantity AANADADDADNAAGAYANAN A Oo 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 33 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation 34 63230 300 212B1 5 Select a custom quantity In this example we selected Custom Quantity 1 Table 3 8 shows the available values Ld Custom Quantity 1 gt Lb Register 1 000 Scale 1 000 Format Integer 12 2005 6 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the menu option you want to change 7 Press the enter button to select the value The value begins to blink Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the available values Then press the enter button to select the new
46. 2e to reflect increased demand Predicted demand if no load added Time Change in Load 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities Peak Demand Generic Demand 64 12 2005 In nonvolatile memory the circuit monitor maintains a running maximum for power demand values called peak demand The peak is the highest average for each of these readings kWD KVARD and kVAD since the last reset The circuit monitor also stores the date and time when the peak demand occurred In addition to the peak demand the circuit monitor also stores the coinciding average 3 phase power factor The average 3 phase power factor is defined as demand kW demand kVA for the peak demand interval Table 4 3 on page 59 lists the available peak demand readings from the circuit monitor You can reset peak demand values from the circuit monitor display From the Main Menu select Resets gt Demand You can also reset the values over the communications link by using SMS See the SMS online help for instructions NOTE You should reset peak demand after changes to basic meter setup such as CT ratio or system type The circuit monitor also stores the peak demand during the last incremental energy interval See Energy Readings on page 66 for more about incremental energy readings The circuit monitor can p
47. 32 767 3045 Date Time of Last Control Power Failure DateTime RO XX See Template See Template ROE Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 213 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes 0 Normal 1 Error Bit 00 Is set to 1 if any failure occurs Bit 01 RTC failure Bit 02 MCF UART 1 failure Bit 03 MCF UART 2 failure Bit 04 PLD UART failure Bit 05 Metering Collection overrun failure Bit 06 Metering Process 0 1 overrun failure Bit 07 Metering Process 1 0 overrun failure Bit 08 Disk on Chip failure Bit 09 Display failure Bit 10 CV Module failure Bit 11 Aux Plug EEPROM failure Bit 12 Flash Memory failure Bit 13 Dram Memory failure Bit 14 Simtek Memory failure Bit 15 RTC Memory failure 3050 Self Test Results 1 Bitmap RO N XX XXXXXXX 0x0000 OxFFFF 0 Normal 1 Error Bit 00 Aux IO failure Bit 01 Option Slot A module failure Bit 02 Option Slot B module failure Bit 03 IOX
48. 4 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the menu option you want to change then edit the following alarms Lbl Priority Thresh rms and Min Pulse us See Table 11 4 for a description of the alarm options NOTE Do not enable the alarm during this step The alarm must be enabled after all changes have been saved 5 When you are finished with all changes press the menu button until Save Changes No flashes on the display Select Yes with the arrow button then press the enter button to save the changes 6 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Alarm gt Edit Parameters gt Transients The Select Alarm menu displays 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T Ld SELECT ALARM Impulsive Tran Se 7 Select the transient alarm The Edit Alarm menu displays Table 11 5 on page 148 describes the options on this menu Cc EDIT ALARM Lbl Impulsive Trans Enable No Priority No Thresh rms 0 Min Pulse ys 0 8 Verify that the Priority Thresh rms and Min Pulse us alarm options are set to the values you entered earlier 9 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Enable options then select Yes to enable the alarm Verify that Yes is selected before proceeding
49. 4 2 lb 1 90 kg See the PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Installation Manual FCC Part 15 Class A EN550 II Class A FCC Part 15 Class A EN550 II Class A Electrostatic Discharge Air Discharge IEC 1000 4 2 level 3 Immunity to Electrical Fast Transient IEC 1000 4 4 level 3 Immunity to Surge Impulse Wave IEC 1000 4 5 level 4 Voltage dips and interrupts IEC 1000 4 11 Conducted immunity IEC 1000 4 6 Dielectric Withstand UL 508 CSA C22 2 14 M1987 EN 61010 Immunity to Radiated Fields IEC 61000 4 3 Accuracy ANSI C12 20 and IEC 687 Class 0 2 Product Standards USA UL 508 Canada CSA C22 2 2 4 M1987 Europe CE per low voltage directive EN 61010 Listings cUL and UL Listed 18X5 Ind Cont Eq 174 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Appendix B Specifications Table B 3 Specifications for CM4000 continued KYZ SPECIFICATIONS Load voltage 240 Vac 300 Vdc maximum Load current 100 mA maximum at 25 C ON resistance 35 ohms maximum Leakage current 0 03 uA typical Turn ON OFF time 3ms Input or output isolation 3750 V rms Based on 1 second update rate Does not apply to 100ms readings Any CT secondary currents less than 5 mA are reported as zero lf higher precision is required see Digital Inputs in the reference manual for more information Any voltage input to
50. 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Minimum THD Minimum Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1400 THD thd Current 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Phase A Current Phase A Expressed as of fundamental Minimum Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1401 THD thd Current 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Phase B Current Phase B Expressed as of fundamental Minimum Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1402 THD thd Current 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Phase C Current Phase C Expressed as of fundamental Minimum Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 0 32 767 Phase N Current O 3 1403 fea nteger Ra y XK OLO 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental 4 wire system only Minimum 0 32 767 Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1404 THD thd Current 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 iE N A Ground Current Ground Expressed as of fundamental Minimum 0 32 767 Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1407 THD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental Phase A N 4 wire system only Minimum 0 32 767 Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1408 THD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental Phase B N i 4 wire system only Minimum 0 32 767 Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1409 T
51. 508 Canada CSA C22 2 2 4 M1987 Europe CE per low voltage directive EN 61010 IEC61000 4 15 Listings cUL and UL Listed 18X5 Ind Cont Eq 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 171 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix B Specifications 12 2005 Table B 2 Specifications for CM4000T continued KYZ SPECIFICATIONS Load voltage 240 Vac 300 Vdc maximum Load current 96 mA maximum ON resistance 50 ohms maximum Leakage current 0 03 uA typical Turn ON OFF time 3 ms Input or output isolation 3750 V rms Based on 1 second update rate Does not apply to 100ms readings Any CT secondary currents less than 5 mA are reported as zero If higher precision is required see Digital Inputs in the reference manual for more information Any voltage input to the meter that is below 1 0 V is reported as zero 172 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 CM4000 SPECIFICATIONS Table B 3 Specifications for CM4000 METERING SPECIFICATIONS Current Inputs Each Channel Current Range PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix B Specifications 0 10 Aac Nominal Current 5 Aac Voltage Inputs Each Channel Voltage Range 0 600 Vac Line to Line 347 Line to Neutral Nominal Voltage typical 120 Vac Frequency Range 45 67 Hz 350 450 Hz Harmonic Response
52. 71 digital inputs operating modes 72 options for the I O Extender 71 pulse demand metering 65 interval min max average log 56 103 isolated receiver 224 using with analog outputs 81 issuing commands 158 K K factor described 69 KYZ 78 calculating watt hours per pulse 80 counting pulses 79 Form C contact 79 L Label 148 labels for inputs and outputs 160 locking resets 40 logic gates for Boolean alarms 96 logs 101 alarm log 101 clearing data logs 101 data log file 101 interval min ax average log 103 min max log 103 organizing data log files 102 recorded maintenance data 104 transient 142 using memory 105 low priority alarms 45 85 maintenance maintenance log 104 of circuit monitor 135 red maintenance LED 138 manufacture date of circuit monitor 137 mechanical relay outputs described 77 set up 77 medium priority alarms 45 85 megger testing 135 memory 108 accessing the memory chip 136 allocation in SMS 105 circuit monitor memory 136 of circuit monitor 105 upgrades 136 menu button using this button 8 menu options main menu overview 10 metered values demand readings 59 energy readings 66 real time readings 55 56 metering channels 65 min max log 56 103 Min Max menu 42 43 monitoring disturbance 113 monitoring sags and swells 107 motor start capturing with 100 ms event recording 108 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 N no priority alarms 45 85 nonvolatile memory 105 136 O on board logs 101 one s
53. 9 1 m CAB 30 10 ft RS 232 cable 3 m CAB 106 For parts list of individual inputs and outputs see Table 5 1 in the reference manual Features Some of the circuit monitor s many features include 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved True rms metering up to the 255th harmonic Accepts standard CT and PT inputs 690 volt direct connection on metering inputs for CM4250 CM4000T 600 volt direct connection on metering inputs for CM4000 Certified ANSI C12 20 revenue accuracy IEC 687 Class 0 2S revenue accuracy IEC 62053 22 Class 0 2 for CM4250 CM4000T High accuracy 0 04 current and voltage Min max readings of metered data Power quality analysis readings THD K factor crest factor Anti aliasing filtering Real time harmonic magnitudes and angles to the 63rd harmonic Current and voltage sag swell detection and recording Downloadable firmware Easy setup through the optional remote display password protected where you can view metered values Setpoint controlled alarm and relay functions Onboard alarm and data logging Wide operating temperature range 25 to 70 C Modular field installable digital and analog I O modules Flexible communications RS 485 and RS 232 communications are standard optional Ethernet communications card available with fiber optic connection Two option card slots for field installable I O and Ethernet capabilities Standard 16 MB onboard logging memory field upgradable to 3
54. A 1664 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum 1665 Distortion Power 1 Phase B Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 207 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Maximum 32 767 32 767 1666 Bee Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum 1667 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Total Maximum 0 1 000 1668 Distortion Factor 1 Integer RO Y F 0 10 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase A 3 Maximum 0 1 000 1669 Distortion Factor 1 Integer RO Y F 0 10 oe 4 wire system only Phase B 32 768 if N A Maximum 0 1 000 1670 Distortion Factor 1 Integer RO Y F 0 10 ne 4 wire system only Phase C 32 768 if N A Maximum 1671 Distortion Factor 1 Integer RO Y F 0 10 0 1 000 Total Maximum Harmonic Current and Voltage Ma
55. A B Voltage A B 3 wire system Maximum Crest Maximum Transformer Crest Factor 1626 Factor 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Voltage B N 4 wire system Voltage B N B C Voltage B C 3 wire system Maximum Crest Maximum Transformer Crest Factor 1627 Factor 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Voltage C N 4 wire system Voltage C N C A Voltage C A 3 wire system Maximum Fundamental Magnitudes and Angles Current Maximum Current 1630 Fundamental 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS Magnitude Phase A Maximum Current Angle at the time of magnitude 1631 Fundamental 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Maximum Coincident Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle Angle Phase A RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 205 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Maximum Current Fundamental 1 RMS Magnitude Phase B 1632 Integer RO Y Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Maximum Current Fundamental 1 Coincident Angle Phase B 1633
56. ECC21 Ethernet Communications Card you can use this feature to communicate to non Modbus devices such as a Series 2000 Circuit Monitor on a subnetwork Redirecting the IR port to the ECC lets you communicate from your PC to devices on the ECC RS 485 subnet through the IR port as shown in Figure 3 5 You ll need the Optical Communication Interface OCIVF to communicate through the IR port This configuration is useful in larger systems To redirect the IR port select Setup gt Communications gt Infrared Port gt Redirect to Subnet Save your changes Figure 3 5 Redirected IR port to the ECC RS 485 subnet Other non Modbus Device PowerLogic Modbus Device Device 14 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Redirecting the RS 232 Port to the ECC Subnet PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Redirecting the RS 232 to the RS 485 port of the ECC lets you communicate from your PC directly to the ECC RS 485 subnet as shown in Figure 3 6 This configuration is useful in larger systems To redirect the RS 232 port select Setup gt Communications gt RS 232 gt Redirect to Subnet Save your changes Figure 3 6 Redirected RS 232 port to the ECC RS 485 subnet Other non Modbus PowerLogic Modbus Device Device Device a Skee 8
57. IR port of the display to the RS 485 port lets you communicate from your PC to devices on the RS 485 daisy chain without having a direct PC to RS 485 connection You ll need the Optical Communication Interface OCIVF to communicate through the IR port Figure 3 8 illustrates this connection This configuration is useful in smaller systems Follow these steps 1 Set the RS 485 port to Master before redirecting the IR port to the RS 485 port From the Main Menu of the display select Setup gt Communications gt RS 485 gt Mode gt Master NOTE If the RS 485 port is not set to Master the circuit monitor will disable the redirect of the RS 232 port 2 To redirect the IR port from the Communications menu select Infrared Port gt Redirect gt to RS 485 Save your changes Figure 3 8 Redirected IR port to the RS 485 Display RS 232 Setting Up the Metering Functions of the Circuit Monitor 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To set up the metering within the circuit monitor you must configure the following items on the Meter setup screen for basic setup e CT and PT ratios e System type e Frequency The power demand method interval and subinterval and advanced setup options are also accessible from the Meter Setup menu but are not required 17 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Table 3 3 Options for Meter Setup 63230 300 212B1
58. Integer RO Y XX 0 1 C 1 000 1 000 Internal unit temperature Maximum Analog Inputs Maximum Auxiliary Analog Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 1590 Input Value 1 Integer RO Y XX a aint User Selected Input Setup 32 768 if N A Input 1 Maximum Auxiliary Analog R efer to Analog 32 767 32 767 1591 Input Value 1 Integer RO Y xX a at User Selected Input Setup 32 768 if N A Input 2 Maximum Auxiliary Analog Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 1592 Input Value 1 Integer RO N XX ey nee User Selected Input Setup 32 768 if N A Input 3 Maximum Auxiliary Analog R efer to Analog 32 767 32 767 1593 Input Value 1 Integer RO Y XX F kL User Selected Input Setup 32 768 if N A Input 4 RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 203 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Maximum Auxiliary Analog Refer to Analo g 32 767 32 767 1594 Tae X 1 Integer RO Y xX Input Setup 32 768 if N A
59. Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation 12 2005 5 Using the arrow buttons select the options to configure for the individual inputs and relays The setup menu that displays is based on which option you select DIGITAL INPUT SETUP DIGITAL OUTPUT SETUP Lol Dig tn B52 LbI Dig Out BR2 Type 120Vac Input Type 120 Vac Output 170 Point 20 1 0 Point 24 Mode Nor mal Mode Nor mal Pulse Const EEK Timer secs 0 Control External Associate Alarm NOTE For a description of the I O options displayed above refer to the installation documentation that ships with the OC44 30 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Setting Up Passwords Figure 3 9 Menus that can be password protected A password is always required to access the following menus from the Main Menu e Setup PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Resets a separate password can be set up for Energy Demand Reset and Min Max Reset MAIN MENU Meters I O DISPLAY gt Min Max Digital Inputs View Alarms Analog Inputs W O Display Digital Outputs Resets 75 Analog Outputs Setup lt 4 Diagnostics CMPL Voy i RESETS Vy Energy Vey Demand yoy Min Max Meter Init q SETUP Display Communications Meter Alarm O Passwords METERS Summary Power Power Qu
60. Neutral 0 to 32 767 A Ground 0 to 32 767 A 3 Phase Average 0 to 32 767 A Apparent rms 0 to 32 767 A Unbalance 0 to 100 0 Voltage Line to Line Per Phase 0 to 1 200 kV Line to Line 3 Phase Average 0 to 1 200 kV Line to Neutral Per Phase 0 to 1 200 kV Neutral to Ground 0 to 1 200 kV Line to Neutral 3 Phase Average 0 to 1 200 kV Unbalance 0 to 100 0 Real Power Per Phase 3 Phase Total 0 to 3 276 70 MW 0 to 3 276 70 MW Reactive Power Per Phase 3 Phase Total 0 to 3 276 70 MVAR 0 to 3 276 70 MVAR Apparent Power Per Phase 3 Phase Total 0 to 3 276 70 MVA 0 to 3 276 70 MVA Power Factor True Per Phase 3 Phase Total 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 Power Factor Displacement Per Phase 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 3 Phase Total 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 Frequency 45 67 Hz 45 00 to 67 00 Hz 350 450 Hz 350 00 to 450 00 Hz Temperature Internal Ambient Wye systems only 100 00 C to 100 00 C 55 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities MIN MAX VALUES FOR REAL TIME READINGS 56 12 2005 The circuit monitor also has the capability of 100 ms updates The 100 ms readings listed in Table 4 2 can be communicated over MODBUS TCP and are useful for rms event recording and high speed alarms Table 4 2 100 ms Real Time Readings
61. PA 1540 Bower Phase A 1 nteger RO Y j kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum Real 32 767 32 767 Maximum Real Power PB 1541 Power Phase B 1 nteger RO Y F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum Real 32 767 32 767 Maximum Real Power PC 1542 Power Phasec ngger RO y F kwW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum Real 4 wire system PA PB PC 19543 Power Total 1 nteger RO X F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase real power Maximum 32 767 32 767 Maximum Reactive Power QA 1544 Reactive Power 1 nteger RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase A Maximum i f i 32 767 32 767 Maximum Reactive Power QB 1545 Reactive Power 1 nteger RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase B Maximum A 32 767 32 767 Maximum Reactive Power QC 1546 Reactive Power 1 nteger RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase C Maximum 4 wire system QA QB QC 1547 Reactive Power 1 nteger RO F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase reactive Total power Maximum 32 767 32 767 Maximum Apparent Power SA 1548 Apparent Power 1 nteger RO Y F kVA Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase A RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Dat
62. Phase Voltages and Currents Frequency 45 67 Hz 255th Harmonic Frequency 350 450 Hz 31st Harmonic Data Update Rate Accuracy Current measured Phase Amperes and Neutral Amperes Approximately 1 second update of all real time readings for demand and energy calculations 100 ms update for some real time readings 0 04 of reading 0 025 full scale Voltage 0 04 of reading 0 025 full scale Power Real Reactive and Apparent Power 0 075 of reading 0 025 of full scale True Power Factor 0 002 from 0 500 leading to 0 500 lagging Energy and Demand ANSI C12 20 0 2 Class IEC 687 0 2 Class Frequency 50 60Hz 400 Hz 0 01 Hz at 45 67 Hz 0 10 Hz at 350 450 Hz Time of Day Clock Calendar at 25 C METERING INPUT ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Current Inputs Nominal Less than 1 5 seconds in 24 hours 1 ms resolution 5 0 Arms Metering Over range 100 10 A maximum Overcurrent Withstand 15 Arms Continuous 50 Arms 10 seconds in 1 hour 500 Arms 1 second in 1 hour Input Impedance Less than 0 1 Ohm Burden Less than 0 15 VA Voltage Inputs Nominal Full Scale 347 Vac Line to Neutral 600 Line to Line Metering Over range 50 Input Impedance Greater than 2 MegaOhm 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 173 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix B
63. RO Y C Amperes Scale 32 768 if N A Ground RO Read only 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes oar 0 3 599 Angle at the time of magnitude 1439 Coincident l Integer RO Y Xx on 82 768 if N A am Oo AN Angle Ground Minimum Fundamental Magnitudes and Angles Voltage Minimum Voltage Fundamenta T Voltage A N 4 wire system 1444 RMS Magnitude 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage A B 3 wire system A N A B Minimum Voltage Anai he ti itud Fundamental ngle at the time of magnitude 1445 Coincident 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 minimum Angle A N A B Referenced to itself Minimum Voltage Fundamenta a Voltage B N 4 wire system 1446 RMS Magnitude 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage B C 3 wire system B N B C Minimum Voltage Angle at the time of magnitude Fundamenta a minimum 1447 Coincident f nteger RO u i os 053 999 Referenced to A N 4 wire or A B 3 Angle B N B C wire Minimum Voltage Fundamenta _ Voltage C N 4 wire system 1448 RMS Magnitude 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage C A 3 wire system C N C A Minimum Voltage Angle at
64. Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring Figure 9 4 Onboard Alarms Events tab Define the alarm Alam Setponts Detayt Pcp Oopat e ai F Relyive netport we X of avg wake Prceity r e Select data logs Baar ro and or waveform Daal x P rr captures be a wuu associated with the PAPPPPE F Wps F Dypnabance WFC F Adage wht o oos Enable the alarm 3 In addition you can set up a relay to operate upon an event using the I O tab in SMS NOTE For the I O Extender you must define the relay from the display before SMS can recognize it See Setting Up I Os on page 25 of this bulletin for instructions Pickups and dropouts of an event are logged into the onboard alarm log of the circuit monitor as separate entries Figure 9 5 on page 118 illustrates an alarm log entry sequence In this example two events are entered into the alarm log Alarm Log Entry 1 The value stored in the alarm log at the end of the pickup delay is the furthest excursion from normal during the pickup delay period 7 This is calculated using 128 data point rms calculations e Alarm Log Entry 2 The value stored in the alarm log at the end of the dropout delay is the furthest excursion from normal during period t2 from the end of the pickup delay to the end of the dropout delay The time stamps for the pickup and dropout reflect the actual duration of these periods 117 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series
65. Screen 1 Blank Line Blank Line Blank Line The cursor begins to blink Create a name for the custom screen Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the alphabet Press the enter button to move to the next character field When you have finished naming the screen press the menu button then select the first blank line The first blank line begins to blink Cd SCREEN 1 Monthly Energy Cost Blank Line Blank Line Blank Line Press the menu button again then use the arrow buttons to select one of the following quantity types Current Voltage Frequency Power Factor Power THD Energy Demand Harmonics Unbalance Custom To view the quantities of a quantity type press the enter button 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation The first quantity flashes on the display SCREEN 1 Monthly Energy Cost la AT Blank Line Blank Line 9 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the list of quantities Select the quantity that you want for your custom screen by pressing the enter button Table 3 9 lists the default quantities If you have created a custom quantity it will be displayed at the bottom of this list Table 3 9 Availabl
66. Specifications Table B 3 Specifications for CM4000 continued CONTROL POWER INPUT SPECIFICATIONS 120 240 Vac Nominal Operating Input Range 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 90 305 Vac Burden maximum 50 VA Frequency Range 45 67 Hz 350 450 Hz Isolation 2300 V 1 minute Ride through on Power Loss 0 1 second at 120 Vac 125 250 Vdc Nominal Operating Input Range 100 300 Vdc Burden 30 W maximum Isolation 3250 Vdc 1 minute Ride through on Power Loss 0 1 second at 120 Vdc Mains Supply Voltage Fluctuations ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Operating Temperature Meter and Optional Modules not to exceed 10 25 to 70 C maximum See information about operating temperature in the PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Installation Manual Remote Display VFD model is 20 to 70 C LCD model is 20 to 60 C Storage Temperature Meter and Optional Modules 40 to 85 C Remote Display VFD model is 40 to 85 C LCD model is 30 to 80 C Humidity Rating 5 95 Relative Humidity non condensing at 40 C Pollution Degree Il per IEC 1010 1 Installation Category Il per IEC 1010 1 Altitude Range 0 to 3 048 m 10 000 ft Physical Specifications Weight approximate without add on modules Dimensions REGULATORY STANDARDS COMPLIANCE Electromagnetic Interference Radiated Emissions Conducted Emissions
67. The POWER QUALITY screen displays E POWER QUALITY EN50160 Enable N Nom Voltage 230 1 C61000 Enable N 2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the IEC 61000 option 3 Press the enter button N begins to blink Use the up arrow button to scroll change from N to Y Then press the enter button 4 Use the arrow button to select the other option on the menu or if you are finished press the menu button te to save NOTE IEC61000 mode requires firmware version 14 000 or later NOTE Remember to change the circuit monitor s nominal frequency if necessary and to reset the registers for EN50160 statistics See Setting Up EN50160 Evaluation on page 130 for details Selecting Flicker CM4000T only To set up Flicker from the display follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Meter gt Power Quality The POWER QUALITY screen displays C POWER QUALITY EN50160 Enable N Nom Voltage 230 Flicker la CM4000T only 2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Flicker option 132 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring 3 Press the enter button W to select the value The Setup Flicker screen is displayed SETUP FUCKER Pst i
68. Web Pages instruction bulletin 63230 304 207 Weekly values will be posted at midnight of the morning of the First Day of Week configured in register 3905 Yearly values will be based on the calendar year All of the EN50160 data is stored in non volatile memory once per hour or when an event occurs In the event of a meter reset up to one hour of routine meter evaluation data will be lost When the EN50160 evaluation is enabled the circuit monitor evaluates metered data under normal operating conditions excluding situations arising from faults or voltage interruptions For this evaluation normal operating conditions are defined as all phase voltages greater than the definition of interruption The standard specifies acceptable ranges of operation for these data items This section describes how the EN50160 standard addresses metered data EN50160 states that the nominal frequency of the supply voltage shall be 50 Hz Under normal operating conditions the mean value of the fundamental frequency measured over ten seconds shall be within the following range e for systems with synchronous connection to an interconnected system 50 Hz 1 during 99 5 of a year 50 Hz 4 to 6 for 100 of the time e for systems with no synchronous connection to an interconnected system for example power systems on some islands 50 Hz 2 during 95 of a week 50 Hz 15 for 100 of the time NOTE The same range of percentag
69. at 400Hz Harmonic magnitudes and angles through the 63rd harmonic at 50Hz and 60Hz harmonic magnitudes and angles through the 7th harmonic at 400Hz Circuit monitor models 4250 and 4000T calculate harmonic power flows and display them in registers At the point of metering the circuit monitor can determine the magnitude and direction of real kW reactive kvar and apparent power kVA flows up to and including the 40th harmonic Readings from harmonic power flows can provide valuable information to help you determine the locations and types of harmonic generating loads Refer to the Master Register List available at www powerlogic com for registers that contain the harmonic power flow data 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities CHAPTER 5 INPUT OUTPUT CAPABILITIES I O OPTIONS DIGITAL INPUTS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved The circuit monitor supports a variety of input and output options including e Digital Inputs e Analog Inputs e Mechanical Relay Outputs e Solid State KYZ Pulse Outputs e Analog Outputs The circuit monitor has one KYZ output as standard You can expand the I O capabilities by adding the optional I O Extender IOX and the digital I O option card IOC 44 For module installation instructions and detailed technical specifications refer
70. below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 192 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Derived using the complete harmonic Minimum a 1366 lternate True 1 Integer RO Y xx 0 001 072 000 mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Power Factor 32 768 if N A representing unity values below 1000 Phase C i representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic Minimum content of real and apparent power Alternate True Reported value is mapped from 0 1367 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 0 2 000 2000 with 1000 representing unity Power Factor d Total values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Minimum 1 000 Derived using only fundamental 1368 Displacement 1 nteger RO Y x 0 001 10010100 Pete Ofthe real and apparen Phase A 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum 1 000 Derived using only fundamenta
71. between events that require immediate action and those that do not require action High priority if a high priority alarm occurs the display informs you in two ways the LED on the display flashes until you acknowledge the alarm and a message displays while the alarm is active e Medium priority if a medium priority alarm occurs the LED flashes and a message displays only while the alarm is active Once the alarm becomes inactive the LED stops flashing Low priority if a low priority alarm occurs the LED on the display flashes only while the alarm is active No alarm message is displayed e No priority if an alarm is setup with no priority no visible representation will appear on the display Alarms with no priority are not entered in the Alarm Log See Logging for alarm logging information If multiple alarms with different priorities are active at the same time the display shows the alarm message for the last alarm that occurred For instructions on setting up alarms from the circuit monitor display see Setting Up and Editing Alarms on page 22 From the display or SMS multiple alarms can be set up for one particular quantity parameter to create alarm levels You can take different actions depending on the severity of the alarm For example you could set up two alarms for kW Demand A default alarm already exists for kW Demand no 26 in the alarm list but you could create another custom alarm for kW
72. by adding 32 768 to the value An example will help clarify Assume that you read a power factor value of 31 794 Convert this to a power factor in the range 0 to 1 000 as follows 31 794 32 768 974 974 1 000 974 lagging power factor The date and time are stored in a four register compressed format Each of the four registers such as registers 1810 to 1813 contain a high and low byte value to represent the date and time in hexadecimal Table C 1 lists the register and the portion of the date or time it represents Table C 1 Date and Time Format Register Hi Byte Lo Byte Register 1 Month 1 12 Day 1 31 Register 2 Year 0 199 Hour 0 23 Register 3 Minute 0 59 Second 0 59 Register 4 Milliseconds 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 HOW ENERGY VALUES ARE STORED IN REGISTERS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing For example if the date was 01 25 00 at 11 06 59 122 the Hex value would be 0119 640B 063B 007A Breaking it down into bytes we have the following Table C 2 Date and Time Byte Example Hexadecimal Value Hi Byte Lo Byte 0119 01 month 19 day 640B 64 year OB hour 063B 06 minute 3B seconds 007A 007A milliseconds Energy values are stored in a four register format Each of the four registers can
73. circuit monitor 1210 None None Clears the communications counters Sets the system date and time Values for the registers are 8001 Month Month 1 12 8002 Day Day 1 31 1310 8003 Year Year 4 digit for example 2000 8004 Hour Hour Military time for example 14 2 00pm 8005 Minute Minute 1 59 8006 Second Second 1 59 1410 None None Disables the revenue security switch 1411 None None Enables the revenue security switch Relay Outputs 3310 8001 Relay Output Number Configures relay for external control 3311 8001 Relay Output Number Configures relay for internal control 3320 8001 Relay Output Number De energizes designated relay 3321 8001 Relay Output Number Energizes designated relay 3330 8001 Relay Output Number Releases specified relay from latched condition 3340 8001 Relay Output Number Releases specified relay from override control 3341 8001 Relay Output Number Places specified relay under override control 3350 8001 9999 De energizes all relays 3351 8001 9999 Energizes all relays 3361 8001 Relay Output Number Resets operation counter for specified relay 3362 8001 Relay Output Number Resets the turn on time for specified relay 3363 8001 None Resets the operation counter for all relays 3364 8001 None Resets the turn on time for all relays 3365 8001 Input Number Resets the operation counter for specified input 3366 8001 Input Number Resets turn on time for specified input 3367 8001 None Re
74. control power If anew command to energize the relay is issued before the timer expires the timer restarts If the circuit monitor loses control power the relay will be re energized when 75 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities 76 12 2005 control power is restored and the timer will reset to zero and begin timing again Circuit Monitor Controlled When an alarm condition assigned to the relay occurs the relay is energized The relay remains energized for the duration of the timer When the timer expires the relay will de energize and remain de energized If the relay is on and the circuit monitor loses control power the relay will be re energized when control power is restored and the timer will reset to zero and begin timing again End Of Power Demand Interval This mode assigns the relay to operate as a synch pulse to another device The output operates in timed mode using the timer setting and turns on at the end of a power demand interval It turns off when the timer expires Because of it s long life this mode should be used with solid state relay outputs Absolute kWh Pulse This mode assigns the relay to operate as a pulse initiator with a user defined number of kWh per pulse In this mode both forward and reverse real energy are treated as additive as in a tie circuit breaker Absolute kVARh Pulse This mode assigns the relay to ope
75. data e 1300 1499 Real Time Minimums e 1500 1794 Real Time Maximums e 1700 1794 Energy Readings e 2150 2193 Demand Readings 3000 3999 System Configurations For a more complete register listing visit the www powerlogic com web site 177 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing HOW POWER FACTOR IS STORED IN THE REGISTER HOW DATE AND TIME ARE STORED IN REGISTERS 178 12 2005 Each power factor value occupies one register Power factor values are stored using signed magnitude notation see Figure C 2 below Bit number 15 the sign bit indicates leading lagging A positive value bit 15 0 always indicates leading A negative value bit 15 1 always indicates lagging Bits 0 9 store a value in the range 0 1 000 decimal For example the circuit monitor would return a leading power factor of 0 5 as 500 Divide by 1 000 to get a power factor in the range 0 to 1 000 Figure C 2 Power factor register format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 A o tee ign a Bit Unused Bits Power Factor 0 Leading Set to 0 in the range 100 1000 thousandths 1 Lagging When the power factor is lagging the circuit monitor returns a high negative value for example 31 794 This happens because bit 15 1 for example the binary equivalent of 31 794 is 1000001111001110 To get a value in the range 0 to 1 000 you need to mask bit 15 You do this
76. do not need to change scale factors If you are creating custom alarms you need to understand how scale factors work so that you do not overflow the register with a number larger than what the register can hold When SMS is used to set up alarms it automatically handles the scaling of pickup and dropout setpoints When creating a custom alarm using the circuit monitor s display do the following e Determine how the corresponding metering value is scaled and e Take the scale factor into account when entering alarm pickup and dropout settings Pickup and dropout settings must be integer values in the range of 32 767 to 32 767 For example to set up an under voltage alarm for a 138 kV nominal system decide upon a setpoint value and then convert it into an integer between 32 767 and 32 767 If the under voltage setpoint were 125 000 V this would typically be converted to 12500 x 10 and entered as a setpoint of 12500 Six scale groups are defined A through F The scale factor is preset for all factory configured alarms Table 6 1 lists the available scale factors for each of the scale groups If you need either an extended range or more resolution select any of the available scale factors to suit your need Table 6 1 Scale Groups Scale Group Measurement Range ee Scale Group A Phase Current Amperes 0 327 67 A 2 0 3 276 7 A 1 0 32 767 A 0 default 0 327 67 kA 1 Scale Group B Neutral Current Amperes 0 327 67 A
77. dropout setpoints are positive delays are in seconds The leading power factor alarm will occur when the test register value becomes more leading than the pickup setpoint such as closer to 0 010 and remains more leading long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period When the value becomes equal to or less leading than the dropout setpoint that is 1 000 and remains less leading for the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Both the pickup setpoint and the dropout setpoint must be positive values representing leading power factor Enter setpoints as integer values representing power factor in thousandths For example to define a dropout setpoint of 0 5 enter 500 Delays are in seconds 055 Lagging Power Factor The lagging power factor alarm will occur when the test register value becomes more lagging than the pickup setpoint such as closer to 0 010 and remains more lagging long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period When the value becomes equal to or less lagging than the dropout setpoint that is 1 000 and remains less lagging for the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Both the pickup setpoint and the dropout setpoint must be positive values representing lagging power factor Enter setpoints as integer values representing power factor in thousandths For example to define a dropout setpoint of 0 5 enter 500 Delays are in seconds High Speed 010 Over Value Alarm If the test register value exc
78. e Since the incremental energy registers are synchronized to the circuit monitor clock it is possible to log this data from multiple circuits and perform accurate totalizing Incremental energy accumulation begins at the specified start time and ends at the specified end time When the start time arrives a new incremental energy period begins The start and end time are specified in minutes from midnight For example Interval 420 minutes 7 hours Start time 480 minutes 8 00 a m End time 1440 minutes 12 00 a m The first incremental energy calculation will be from 8 00 a m to 3 00 p m 7 hours as illustrated in Figure A 3 The next interval will be from 3 00 p m to 10 00 p m and the third interval will be from 10 p m to 12 00 a m because 12 00 a m is the specified end time A new interval will begin on the next day at 8 00 a m Incremental energy accumulation will continue in this manner until the configuration is changed or a new interval is started by a remote master Set up To set up incremental energy 1 Write command code 9020 to register 8000 2 In register 3230 write a start time in minutes from midnight 3 For example 8 00 am is 480 minutes 4 In register 3231 write an end time in minutes from midnight 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 SETTING UP INDIVIDUAL HARMONIC CALCULATIONS CHANGING SCALE FACTORS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
79. factor is three The calculation is 450 x 10 which equals 450 000 watts If you want the demand data in kilowatts the calculation is 450 x 10 which equals 450 kilowatts NOTE The circuit monitor counts each input transition as a pulse Therefore for an input transition of OFF to ON and ON to OFF will be counted as two pulses For each channel the circuit monitor maintains the following information Total consumption e Last completed interval demand calculated demand for the last completed interval Partial interval demand demand calculation up to the present point during the interval e Peak demand highest demand value since the last reset of the input pulse demand The date and time of the peak demand is also saved e Minimum demand lowest demand value since the last reset of the input pulse demand The date and time of the minimum demand is also saved For example you can use channels to verify utility charges In Figure 4 6 Channel 1 is adding demand from two utility feeders to track total consumption and demand for the building This information could be viewed in SMS and compared against the utility charges To use the channels feature first set up the digital inputs from the display or from SMS See Setting Up I Os on page 25 in Operation for instructions Then using SMS you must set the I O operating mode to Normal and set up the channels The demand method and interval that you select applie
80. follow safe electrical work practices In the U S see NFPA 70E e Only qualified workers should install this equipment Such work should be performed only after reading this entire set of instructions NEVER work alone e Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside e Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that all power is off e Before performing visual inspections tests or maintenance on this equipment disconnect all sources of electric power Assume that all circuits are live until they have been completely de energized tested and tagged Pay particular attention to the design of the power system Consider all sources of power including the possibility of backfeeding e Beware of potential hazards wear personal protective equipment and carefully inspect the work area for tools and objects that may have been left inside the equipment e Use caution while removing or installing panels so that they do not extend into the energized bus avoid handling the panels which could cause personal injury e The successful operation of this equipment depends upon proper handling installation and operation Neglecting fundamental installation requirements may lead to personal injury as well as damage to electrical equipment or other property e Before performing Dielectric Hi Pot or Megger testing on any equipment in which the circuit monitor is installed disconnect all input
81. ghee 98 Using Waveshape Alarms ecceeeseceeeneeeeeeeereneeeeeeeeeeneesenaeeenenteneaes 99 CHAPTER 7 LOGGING About Logs sranani deina ai aba eats ei 101 Alarm LOO 4 28433 oh iia a intel ae a enti Bn Ren ie 101 Alarm Log Storage s cscanceieivenesi venient adele 101 Data LOS 2s edie edhe eelicidees rece eraser tee ave ei tao 101 Alarm Driven Data Log Entries oe eseeeseeesseeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeensneees 102 Organizing Data Log Files 0 00 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeeeeaeend 102 Data Log Storage v srecernin iie erine i eE EENE 102 ii 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 CHAPTER 8 WAVEFORM AND EVENT CAPTURE CHAPTER 9 DISTURBANCE MONITORING 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Table of Contents Min Max LOGS merenan ka dacs e aa e Taa aE e nace 103 Min Max Lge e a a a a Eaa 103 Interval Min Max Average LO ssssessessesssissrierrirerrrssrirsrireerresrrnesrenes 103 Interval Min Max Average Log Storage ccecceeseeseeteeeeeeeentees 104 Maintenance Log cccccsceceecceeeeeceeeeeneeeseneneseneesseeenenenseseneeesneeeeeeeseneaes 104 Memory Allocation crion Anne rhe in anna oie ieee 105 Types of Waveform Captures 20 0 eeeeeceeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeneeeeeeeeaeess 107 Steady State Waveform Capture eeceecceeseeseeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteatens 107 Initiating a Steady state Wa
82. higher rating is required the IOC44 card provides 3 relays with 10 ampere ratings Use SMS or the display to configure any of the 10 ampere relays as a pulse initiator output Keep in mind that the 10 ampere relays are mechanical relays with limited life 10 million operations under no load 100 000 under load To set the kilowatthour per pulse value use SMS or the display When setting the kWh pulse value set the value based on a 3 wire pulse output For instructions on calculating the correct value see Calculating the Kilowatthour Per Pulse Value on page 80 The circuit monitor can be used in 2 wire or 3 wire pulse initiator applications Each of these applications is described in the sections that follow The KYZ pulse output can be configured to operate in one of 11 operating modes See Relay Output Operating Modes on page 75 for a description of the modes The setup in SMS or at the circuit monitor display is the same as a mechanical relay See the previous section Mechanical Relay Outputs on page 77 for the values you must set up in SMS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 2 Wire Pulse Initiator 3 Wire Pulse Initiator 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities Most digital inputs in energy management systems use only two of the three wires provided with a KYZ puls
83. highest priority alarm and also places the Priority i active alarm in the list of high priority alarms To view this list from the Main Menu None select Alarms gt High Priority Alarms Low The transient alarm threshold or pickup value is set in rms and bounded by system i s 3430 V rms Thresh rms 0 23 173 configuration The minimum value for the transient alarm threshold pickup is 4850 V peak dependent on the system type and connection Min Pulse To ensure accurate detection this value can range from 0 to 40 Us A transient pulse us 0 40 us width must meed the minimum pulse width requirements to trigger the alarm and 0 capture waveforms Table 11 5 Minimum and Maximum Setpoints for System Wiring Types RA System Connection Minimum Threshold Setpoint RMS Maximum Threshold Setpoint RMS 4 wire Wye Direct connect L N oV 3430 V 3 wire Delta Direct connect L L OV 5940 V Primary ratio x 3430 4 wire Wye VTs OV Example 288 120 2 4 2 4 x 3430 8232 maximum setpoint Primary ratio x 5940 3 wire Delta VTs oV Example 288 120 2 4 2 4 x 6860 16 464 maximum setpoint 148 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 IMPULSIVE TRANSIENT LOGGING Transient Analysis Information 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T Each time an
84. inputs Voltage dips and interrupts IEC 1000 4 11 Conducted immunity IEC 1000 4 6 Dielectric Withstand UL 508 CSA C22 2 14 M1987 EN 61010 Immunity to Radiated Fields IEC 61000 4 3 168 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table B 1 Specifications for CM4250 continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix B Specifications Accuracy ANSI C12 20 IEC 687 Class 0 2 IEC62053 22 Class 0 2 IEC 61000 4 8 Magnetic fields 30 A m Product Standards USA UL 508 IEC61000 4 7 Canada CSA C22 2 2 4 M1987 Europe CE per low voltage directive EN 61010 IEC61000 4 30 Listings CUL and UL Listed 18X5 Ind Cont Eq KYZ SPECIFICATIONS Load voltage 240 Vac 300 Vdc maximum Load current 100 mA maximum at 25 C ON resistance 35 ohms maximum Leakage current 0 03 uA typical Turn ON OFF time 3 ms Input or output isolation 3750 V rms AIl values are in rms unless otherwise noted Based on 1 second update rate Does not apply to 100ms readings Any CT secondary currents less than 5 mA fundamental are reported as zero lf higher precision is required a GPS option is available See Digital Inputs in the reference manual for more information Any voltage input to the meter that is below 1 0 V fundamental is reported as zero Derate load current 0 56 mA C above 25 C
85. kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 i 3 Phase Tota demand for present demand interval Running Average 3 Phase total present reactive power Demand 2 demand running average demand er Reactive Power 1 Integer RO N E RAL Scale Se OT 32 767 calculation of short duration updated 3 Phase Total every second Predicted Demand Predicted reactive power demand at 2168 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO N 5 kvAr Scale 32 767 32 767 the end of the present interval 3 Phase Total Peak Demand 2169 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 3 Phase Total Peak Demand DateTime 2170 Reactive Power 4 DateTime RO Y XX See Template See Template 3 Phase Total Cumulative Demand 2147483648 2174 Reactive Power 2 Long RO j kv rScale 2147483647 3 Phase Total Power Factor 1 000 Average Peak MPA Average True Power Factor at the time 2176 Demand 1 Integer RO E a 9 001 100 to 100 of the Peak Reactive Demand i 32 768 if N A Reactive Power Power Demand Real i Real Power Demand atthe time of the 2177 Peak Demand 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Peak Reactive Demand Reactive Power Power Demand Apparent bs Apparent Power Demand at the time als Peak Demand f Integer RO Y k KVASCA Dee or of the Peak Reactive Demand Reactive Power Last Demand 3 Phase total present apparent power 2180 Apparent Power 1 Integer RO N F kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 demand for last completed demand 3 Phase Total in
86. min max demand 5216 None None Resets generic 2 min max demand Start new demand interval BitO Power Demand 1 Current Demand 5910 8001 Bitmap 2 Voltage Demand 3 Input Metering Demand 4 Generic Demand Profile 1 5 Generic Demand Profile 2 Preset Accumulated Energies 6209 8019 O Data Pointer Requires the IO Data Pointer to point to registers where energy preset values are entered All Accumulated energy values must be entered in the order in which they occur in registers 1700 to 1727 6210 None None Clears all energies 6211 None None Clears all accumulated energy values 6212 None None Clears conditional energy values 6213 None None Clears incremental energy values 6214 None None Clears input metering accumulation 6320 None None Disables conditional energy accumulation 6321 None None Enables conditional energy accumulation 6910 None None Starts a new incremental energy interval Files Triggers data log entry Bitmap where Bit 0 Data Log 1 Bit 1 Data 7510 8001 Files 1 16 to trigger Log 2 Bit 2 Data Log 3 etc 7511 8001 File Number Triggers single data log entry Setup 9020 None None Enter into setup mode 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 159 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix A Using the Command Interface 12 2005 Table A 2 Command Codes continued Command Command Parameter Ae 5 Parameters Description Code Register
87. monitor can also evaluate 60 Hz systems It cannot evaluate nominal frequency for 400 Hz systems The default nominal frequency in the circuit monitor is 60 Hz To change the default from the display Main 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring Menu select Setup gt Meter gt Frequency From SMS software see the online help file 4 Reset the EN50160 Statistics a Write 9999 in register 8001 b Write 11100 in register 8000 Refer to Resetting Statistics on page 123 Enabling the EN50160 Evaluation Enabling the EN50160 Evaluation is performed using the Power Quality menu see below Table 9 5 shows the available options Table 9 5 Options for Enabling EN50160 Evaluation Option Available Values Selection Description Default EN50160 Enable YorN Set to enable or disable the EN50160 Evaluation N Nom Voltage 0 1 5 PT Primary Set power system nominal line to line voltage IEC61000 Enable Set to enable or disable the IEC Mode To enable the EN50160 evaluation from the display follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Meter gt Power Quality POWER QUALITY POWER QUALITY POWER QUALITY N50160 Enable N EN50160 Enable N EN50160 Enable N 0 Nom Voltage 230 Nom Voltage 230 Nom Voltage 23 1 C61000 Enable N Flicker J CM42
88. monitor is correctly addressed See RS 485 RS 232 and Infrared Port Communications Setup on page 12 for instructions Verify that the baud rate of the circuit monitor matches the baud rate of all other devices on its communications link See RS 485 RS 232 and Infrared Port Communications Setup on page 12 for instructions Communications lines are improperly connected Communications lines are improperly terminated Verify the circuit monitor communications connections Refer to Chapter 6 Communications in the installation manual for more information Check to see that a multipoint communications terminator is properly installed See Terminating the Communications Link in the installation manual for instructions Incorrect route statement to circuit monitor 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Check the route statement Refer to the SMS online help for instructions on defining route statements 139 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 10 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 12 2005 140 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T CHAPTER 11 TRANSIENT CIRCUIT MONITOR CM4000T TRANSIENT CIRCUIT MONITOR DESCRIPTION WHAT ARE TRANSIENTS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved The CM
89. necessary because the circuit monitor Form C relay generates two pulses KY and KZ for every pulse that is counted 80 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 ANALOG OUTPUTS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities This section describes the circuit monitor s analog output capabilities For technical specifications and instructions on installing the I O Extender or analog output modules refer to the instruction bulletin that ships with the I O see Table 1 2 on page 2 for a list of these publications To set up analog outputs you must first define it from the display From the main menu select Setup gt I O Select the appropriate analog output option For example if you are using the OX0404 option of the I O Extender select 10X0404 For detailed instructions see Setting Up I Os on page 25 Then using SMS you must define the following values for each analog output e Name A 16 character label used to identify the output Default names are assigned but can be customized e Output register The circuit monitor register assigned to the analog output e Lower Limit The value equivalent to the minimum output current When the register value is below the lower limit the circuit monitor outputs the minimum output current Upper Limit The value equivalent to the maximum out
90. nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Phase B C Expressed as of fundamenta Maximum eae A Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1613 THD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Phase C A Expressed as of fundamenta Maximum gt a phe Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion THD thd Voltage A 0 32 767 1615 3 Phase Average 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A i Aa undamenta L N TADAA Voliado Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion a O pan 9 1616 3 Phase Average 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Expressed as of fundamenta L L Maximum Transformer Heating Maximum 1618 Current K Factor 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 10 000 Phase A Maximum 1619 Current K Factor 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 10 000 Phase B Maximum 1620 Current K Factor 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 10 000 Phase C Maximum Crest 1621 Factor Current 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Maximum Transformer Crest Factor Phase A Maximum Crest 1622 Factor Current 1 nteger RO XX 0 01 0 10 000 Maximum Transformer Crest Factor Phase B Maximum Crest 1623 Factor Current 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Maximum Transformer Crest Factor Phase C 1624 eee Oresi 1 teder RO y 0 01 0 10 000 Maximum Transformer Crest Factor AUOD SEED ege 2 l 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Neutral Maximum Crest Maximum Transformer Crest Factor 1625 Factor 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Voltage A N 4 wire system Voltage A N
91. of Abnormal Events 120 12 2005 made in the on board alarm log This entry provides notification of the exception for a specific area of evaluation This notification is reported only in SMS and does not appear on the local display e Onboard alarm log entry for alarms Circuit monitor alarms are used to perform some of the evaluations If an onboard alarm log is enabled an entry will be made in the on board alarm log when any of these alarms pick up or drop out NOTE Enabling EN50160 evaluation does not guarantee that the onboard alarm log is enabled or properly configured to record these events Also when you enable EN50160 evaluation you do not automatically configure onboard data logging or waveform capture files You should consider your requirements and configure these files and the event captures triggered by the various alarms to provide any additional data that would be helpful to diagnose or document an exception to this standard This section describes the changes you can make to configurations for the EN50160 evaluation through register writes in the circuit monitor Refer to System Configuration and Status Registers on page 125 for register assignments e Select the first day of the week for evaluations You can define the first day of the week to be used for the EN50160 evaluations in register 3905 e Define the voltage interruption The standard defines an interruption as voltage less than 1 of nominal voltage
92. of cycles the alarm will drop out Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive and delays are in cycles Digital 060 Digital Input On The digital input transition alarms will occur whenever the digital input changes from off to on The alarm will dropout when the digital input changes back to off from on The pickup and dropout setpoints and delays do not apply 061 Digital Input Off The digital input transition alarms will occur whenever the digital input changes from on to off The alarm will dropout when the digital input changes back to on from off The pickup and dropout setpoints and delays do not apply 070 Unary This is a internal signal from the circuit monitor and can be used for example to alarm at the end of an interval or when the circuit monitor is reset The pickup and dropout delays do not apply 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 95 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 6 Alarms Table 6 4 Alarm Types 12 2005 Type Description Operation Boolean Logic AND 100 The AND alarm will occur when all of the combined enabled alarms are true up to 4 Logic NAND 101 J The NAND alarm will occur when any of the combined enabled alarms is false Logic OR 102 z The OR alarm will occur when any of the combined enabled alarms are true up to 4 Logic NOR 4 103 J gt The NOR alarm will occur when
93. of the circuit monitor may damage the unit Before performing Hi Pot or Megger testing on any equipment in which the circuit monitor is installed disconnect all input and output wires to the circuit monitor Failure to follow this instruction can result in injury or equipment damage 135 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 10 Maintenance and Troubleshooting CIRCUIT MONITOR MEMORY Upgrading Memory in the Circuit Monitor 136 12 2005 The circuit monitor uses its nonvolatile memory RAM to retain all data and metering configuration values Under the operating temperature range specified for the circuit monitor this nonvolatile memory has an expected life of up to 100 years The circuit monitor stores its data logs on a memory chip which has a life expectancy of up to 20 years under the operating temperature range specified for the circuit monitor The life of the circuit monitor s internal battery backed clock is over 20 years at 25 C NOTE Life expectancy is a function of operating conditions this does not constitute any expressed or implied warranty The circuit monitor standard memory is 16 MB but can be easily expanded to 32 MB Contact your local Square D Schneider Electric representative for availability of the memory upgrade chips The memory chip is accessible through the access door on the side of the circuit monitor as illustrated in Figure 10 1 See the instr
94. only Real Power 32 767 32 767 Real Power PB 1041 Phase B Integer RO N 7 kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Real Power 32 767 32 767 Real Power PC 1042 Phase C 1 Integer js N f kWiscale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 4 wire system PA PB PC 1043 Real Power Total 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase real power Reactive Power 32 767 32 767 Reactive Power QA 1044 Phase A 1 Integer RO N E kvArScale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Reactive Power 32 767 32 767 Reactive Power QB 1045 Phase B 1 Integer RO N F kVAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 180 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Reactive Power 32 767 32 767 Reactive Power QC 1046 Phase C l nteger RO D E kVA SGAI 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Reactive Power E iz 4 wire system QA QB QC 1047 T
95. or A C B potential transformer PT also known as a voltage transformer power factor PF true power factor is the ratio of real power to apparent power using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power Calculated by dividing watts by volt amperes Power factor is the difference between the total power your utility delivers and the portion of total power that does useful work Power factor is the degree to which voltage and current to a load are out of phase See also displacement power factor 219 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Glossary 220 12 2005 predicted demand the circuit monitor takes into account the energy consumption thus far in the present interval and the present rate of consumption to predict demand power at the end of the present interval quantity a parameter that the circuit monitor can measure or calculate such as current voltage power factor etc real power calculation of the real power 3 phase total and per phase real power calculated to obtain kilowatts recloser sequence a series of voltage sags caused by a utility breaker opening a number of consecutive times in an effort to clear a fault See also sag swell rms root mean square Circuit monitors are true rms sensing devices See also harmonics rms sag swell fluctuation decreasing or increasing in voltage or current in the electrical system being monitored See also
96. sequence number 85 counting pulses with KYZ 79 CT and PT setting up ratios 17 custom alarms 86 quantities 32 custom screens set up 35 CVMT 141 module 141 cycles and waveform captures 108 D data log 101 clearing the logs 101 forcing data log entries 116 memory usage 105 organizing log files 102 storage 102 storage in circuit monitor 136 data storage capacity 105 demand pulse weight 65 scale factor 65 Index demand calculation method set up 19 demand current calculation 62 demand power calculation methods 62 demand readings 59 demand current 62 demand power calculation methods 59 demand voltage 62 generic demand 64 input pulse demand metering 65 peak demand 64 predicted demand 63 demand synch pulse method 72 demand voltage calculation 62 device address set up of 13 device setup in SMS 116 diagnostics performing wiring error test 49 digital alarms 19 83 digital inputs 71 digital input alarms 83 input pulse demand channels 65 operating modes 72 receiving a synch pulse 62 set up 72 displacement power factor described 69 display adjusting contrast 7 changing values from 8 cycling screens 9 main menu overview 10 set up 11 using the buttons 7 disturbance alarms 83 disturbance monitoring alarms group 19 and the utility company 115 overview 113 types of waveform captures 107 using SMS 116 disturbance waveform capture 107 resolution 107 dropout and pickup setpoints 84 dropouts used with adaptive waveform capt
97. steady state waveform captures 107 storage of waveforms 111 transient 142 types 107 using memory 105 using to detect voltage sag 114 waveshape alarm 97 wiring test error messages 52 troubleshooting 49 139 225 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Index 12 2005 226 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Schneider Electric Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by 295 Tech Park Drive Suite 100 qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any Lavergne TN 37086 consequences arising out of the use of this material Tel 1 615 287 3400 www schneider electric com 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 All Rights Reserved
98. system Voltage A B 3 wire system Angle at the time of magnitude Maximum Referenced to itself Maximum Voltage Fundamental 1 RMS Magnitude B N B C 1646 Maximum Voltage Fundamental 1 Coincident Angle B N B C 1647 Integer Integer RO Y RO Y XX Volts Scale 0 1 0 32 767 0 3 599 Voltage B N 4 wire system Voltage B C 3 wire system Angle at the time of magnitude Maximum Referenced to A N 4 wire or A B 3 wire RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 206 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Maximum Voltage 1648 Fundamental 1 RMS Magnitude C N C A Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage C N 4 wire system Voltage C A 3 wire system Maximum Voltage 1649 Fundamental 1 Coincident Angle C N C A Integer RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Angle at the time of magnitude Maximum Referenced to A N 4 wire or A B 3 wire Maximum Voltage 1650 Fundamental 1 RMS M
99. the circuit monitor updates the displayed value as the register contents change Note that 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PERFORMING A WIRING ERROR TEST MAIN MENU Meters Min Max View Alarms 1 0 Display Resets Setup Diagnostics CMPL 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation scale factors are not taken into account automatically when viewing register contents 4 To scroll through the register numbers use the arrow buttons 5 To change the value in the register press the enter button The Hex and Dec values begin to blink Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the numeric values available NOTE Some circuit monitor registers are read write some are read only You can write to read write registers only 6 When you are finished making changes to that register press the enter button to continue to the next register or press the menu button to save the changes The circuit monitor has the ability to perform a wiring diagnostic self check when you select the Diagnostic gt Wiring Error Test from the Main Menu as shown in Figure 3 14 Figure 3 14 Wiring Error Test option on the Diagnostics menu DIAGNOSTICS Meter Information CVM Information Read Write Regs J gt Wi ring Error Test The circuit monitor can diagnose p
100. the circuit monitor s memory See Memory Allocation on page 105 for information about shared memory in the circuit monitor For information about default circuit monitor settings see Factory Defaults in the installation manual Using SMS you can set up the circuit monitor to log the occurrence of any alarm condition Each time an alarm occurs it is entered into the alarm log The alarm log in the circuit monitor stores the pickup and dropout points of alarms along with the date and time associated with these alarms You select whether the alarm log saves data as first in first out FIFO or fill and hold You can also view and save the alarm log to disk and reset the alarm log to clear the data out of the circuit monitor s memory NOTE All data capture methods that are available in the CM4000 and CM4250 are also available in the CM4000T Also a transient alarm has a pickup entry with a duration but it does not have a dropout entry For information about logging with the CM4000T refer to Impulsive Transient Logging on page 149 The circuit monitor stores alarm log data in nonvolatile memory You define the size of the alarm log the maximum number of events When determining the maximum number of events consider the circuit monitor s total storage capacity See Memory Allocation on page 105 for additional memory considerations The circuit monitor records meter readings at regularly scheduled intervals and store
101. the energy accumulated during a specified period divided by the length of that period How the circuit monitor performs this calculation depends on the method you select To be compatible with electric utility billing practices the circuit monitor provides the following types of demand power calculations e Block Interval Demand e Synchronized Demand 59 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities Block Interval Demand 60 12 2005 The default demand calculation is set to sliding block with a 15 minute interval You can set up any of the demand power calculation methods from the display or from SMS For instructions on how to setup the demand calculation from the display see Setting Up the Metering Functions of the Circuit Monitor on page 17 See the SMS online help to perform the set up using the software In the block interval demand method you select a block of time that the circuit monitor uses for the demand calculation You choose how the circuit monitor handles that block of time interval Three different modes are possible Sliding Block In the sliding block interval you select an interval from 1 to 60 minutes in 1 minute increments If the interval is between 1 and 15 minutes the demand calculation updates every 15 seconds lf the interval is between 16 and 60 minutes the demand calculation updates every 60 seconds The circuit moni
102. these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Meter gt Flicker The Setup Flicker screen displays Table 11 9 describes the options for flicker setup SETUP FLICKER Pst interval 10 Mi n Wo Pet im Pit 2 Enable No Start Time 0 2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the menu option you want to change 3 Press the enter button to select the value The value begins to blink Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the available values Then press the enter button to select the new value 4 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the other options on the menu or if you are finished press the menu button to save When you save the settings for flicker the circuit monitor performs a reset If flicker is enabled at power up it takes the circuit monitor two minutes to begin populating the data on the display The asterisks will be replaced when data begins to populate the registers Table 11 9 Options for Flicker Setup Option Pst Interval Available Values 1 5 10 or 15 Selection Description Default The number of minutes in which the short term update is performed 10 No Pst in Plt 2 1000 The number of short term updates Pt required in a long term update Py The combination of possible short term intervals and the number of short term intervals for long term updates can create a long term interval range from two minutes to approximately 10 5 days
103. through the 255th harmonic Over 50 metered values plus extensive minimum and maximum data can be viewed on the display or remotely using software Table 1 1 summarizes the readings available from the circuit monitor Table 1 1 Summary of Circuit Monitor Instrumentation Real Time Readings e Current per phase N G 3 Phase e Voltage L L L N N G 3 Phase Real Power per phase 3 Phase Reactive Power per phase 3 Phase Apparent Power per phase 3 Phase Power Factor per phase 3 Phase Frequency Temperature internal ambient THD current and voltage e K Factor per phase Demand Readings Demand Current per phase present 3 Phase average Demand Voltage per phase present 3 Phase average Average Power Factor 3 Phase total Demand Real Power per phase present peak Demand Reactive Power per phase present peak Demand Apparent Power per phase present peak e Coincident Readings Predicted Power Demand Accessories and Options for the Circuit Monitor 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Energy Readings e Accumulated Energy Real e Accumulated Energy Reactive e Accumulated Energy Apparent Bidirectional Readings Reactive Energy by Quadrant Incremental Energy Conditional Energy Power Analysis Values Crest Factor per phase Displacement Power Factor per phase 3 Phase Fundamental Voltages per phase Fundamental Currents
104. to exceed 10 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Operating Temperature Meter and Optional Modules 25 to 65 C maximum See information about operating temperature in the PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Installation Manual Remote Display VFD model is 20 to 70 C LCD model is 20 to 60 C Storage Temperature Meter and Optional Modules 40 to 85 C Remote Display VFD model is 40 to 85 C LCD model is 30 to 80 C Humidity Rating 5 95 Relative Humidity non condensing at 40 C Pollution Degree UL840 IEC 1010 1 Class 2 UL508 IEC 1010 1 Class 2 Installation Category Altitude Range 0 to 2 000 m 6 561 68 ft Physical Specifications Weight approximate without add on modules 4 2 Ib 1 90 kg Dimensions See the PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Installation Manual REGULATORY STANDARDS COMPLIANCE Electromagnetic Interference Radiated Emissions FCC Part 15 Class A CE heavy industrial Conducted Emissions FCC Part 15 Class A CE heavy industrial Electrostatic Discharge Air Discharge IEC pub 1 000 4 2 level 3 IEC pub 1 000 4 4 level 3 Immunity to Electrical Fast Transient Immunity to Surge Impulse Wave IEC pub 1 000 4 5 level 4 Dielectric Withstand UL 508 CSA C22 2 14 M1987 EN 61010 Immunity to Radiated Fields IEC pub 61000 6 2 Accuracy ANSI C12 20 and IEC 687 Class 0 2 Safety USA UL
105. to open or close circuit breakers annunciate alarms and more The mechanical output relays of the circuit monitor can be configured to operate in one of 11 operating modes e Normal e Latched electrically held e Timed End of power demand interval e Absolute kWh pulse e Absolute kVARh pulse kVAh pulse e kWh in pulse kVARh in pulse e kWh out pulse e kVARh out pulse See the previous section Relay Output Operating Modes on page 75 for a description of the modes The last seven modes in the list above are for pulse initiator applications All Series 4000 Circuit Monitors are equipped with one solid state KYZ pulse output rated at 96 mA and an additional KYZ pulse output is available on the 10044 card The solid state KYZ output provides the long life billions of operations required for pulse initiator applications The mechanical relay outputs have limited lives 10 million operations under no load 100 000 under load For maximum life use the solid state KYZ pulse output for pulse initiation except when a rating higher than 96 mA is required See Solid State KYZ Pulse Output on page 78 for a description of the solid state KYZ pulse output To set up a mechanical relay output from the Main Menu select Setup gt I O Select input option OC44 For detailed instructions see Setting Up I Os on page 25 Then using SMS you must define the following values for each mechanical relay output e Na
106. to satisfy the specified pickup delay in seconds The overvoltage alarm clears when the phase voltage remains below the dropout setpoint for the specified dropout delay period Unbalance Current Pickup and dropout setpoints are entered in tenths of percent based on the percentage difference between each phase current with respect to the average of all phase currents For example enter an unbalance of 7 as 70 The unbalance current alarm occurs when the phase current deviates from the average of the phase currents by the percentage pickup setpoint for the specified pickup delay The alarm clears when the percentage 87 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 6 Alarms 88 12 2005 difference between the phase current and the average of all phases remains below the dropout setpoint for the specified dropout delay period Unbalance Voltage Pickup and dropout setpoints are entered in tenths of percent based on the percentage difference between each phase voltage with respect to the aver age of all phase voltages For example enter an unbalance of 7 as 70 The unbalance voltage alarm occurs when the phase voltage deviates from the average of the phase voltages by the percentage pickup setpoint for the specified pickup delay The alarm clears when the percentage difference between the phase voltage and the average of all phases remains below the dropout setpoint for the specified dr
107. to the individual instruction bulletins that ship with the product For a list of these publications see Table 1 2 on page 2 of this bulletin Table 5 1 lists the many available I O options The I O options are explained in detail in the remainder of this section Table 5 1 I O Extender Options 1 O Extender Options Part Number with no preinstalled I Os accepts up to 8 individual I O IOX modules with a maximum of 4 analog I Os with 4 digital inputs 32 Vdc 2 digital outputs 60 Vdc 10X2411 1 analog output 4 20 mA and 1 analog input 0 5 Vdc with 4 digital inputs 120 Vac and 4 analog inputs 4 20 mA 10X0404 with 8 digital inputs 120 Vac 10X08 Individual I O Modules Part Number Digital I Os 120 Vac input DI120AC 240 Vac input DI240AC 32 Vdc input 0 2ms turn on polarized DI32DC 120 Vac output 3 5A maximum DO120AC 200 Vdc output 3 5A maximum DO200DC 240 Vac output 3 5A maximum DO240AC 60 Vdc output 3 5A maximum DO60DC Analog I Os 0 to 5 Vdc analog input Al05 4 to 20 mA analog input Al420 4 to 20 mA analog output A0420 modules The circuit monitor must be equipped with the I O Extender IOX to install the The circuit monitor can accept up to 16 digital inputs depending on the I O accessories you select Digital inputs are used to detect digital signals For example the digital input can be used to determine circuit breaker status count pulses or c
108. two modes signed or unsigned absolute In signed mode the circuit monitor considers the direction of power flow allowing the magnitude of accumulated energy to increase and decrease In unsigned mode the circuit monitor accumulates energy as a positive value regardless of the direction of power flow In other words the energy value increases even during reverse power flow The default accumulation mode is unsigned You can view accumulated energy from the display The resolution of the energy value will automatically change through the range of 000 000 kWh to 000 000 MWh 000 000 to 000 000 MVARh or it can be fixed For conditional accumulated energy readings you can set the real reactive and apparent energy accumulation to OFF or ON when a particular condition occurs You can do this over the communications link using a command or from a digital input change For example you may want to track accumulated energy values during a particular process that is controlled by a PLC The circuit monitor stores the date and time of the last reset of conditional energy in nonvolatile memory Also the circuit monitor provides an additional energy reading that is only available over the communications link Four quadrant reactive accumulated energy readings The circuit monitor accumulates reactive energy kVARh in four quadrants as shown in Figure 4 7 The registers operate in unsigned absolute mode in which the circuit monitor acc
109. type of event recording you would like The circuit monitor can store multiple captured waveforms in its nonvolatile memory The number of waveforms that can be stored is based on the amount of memory that has been allocated to waveform capture However the maximum number of stored waveforms is eighty of each type All stored waveform data is retained on power loss 111 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 8 Waveform and Event Capture 12 2005 HOW THE CIRCUIT MONITOR When the circuit monitor senses the trigger that is when the digital input CAPTURES AN EVENT transitions from OFF to ON or an alarm condition is met the circuit monitor transfers the cycle data from its data buffer into the memory allocated for event captures The number of cycles or seconds it saves depends on the number of cycles or seconds you selected Figure 8 1 shows an event capture In this example the circuit monitor was monitoring a constant load when a utility fault occurred followed by a return to normal Figure 8 1 Event capture initiated from a high speed input Phase A N Voltage 64 Points Cycle 100 150 200 250 300 350 Milliseconds 112 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring CHAPTER 9 DISTURBANCE MONITORING ABOUT DISTURBANCE MONITORING 2005 Schneider
110. utility meter starts a new demand interval Each time the command is issued the demand readings of each meter are calculated for the same interval When setting up this type of demand you select whether it will be command synchronized block or command synchronized rolling block demand The rolling block demand requires that you choose a subinterval Clock Synchronized Demand You can synchronize the demand interval to the internal real time clock in the circuit monitor This enables you to synchronize the demand to a particular time typically on the hour The default time is 12 00 am If you select another time of day when the demand intervals are to be synchronized the time must be in minutes from midnight For example to synchronize at 8 00 am select 480 minutes When setting up this type of demand you select whether it will be clock synchronized block or clock synchronized rolling block demand The rolling block demand requires that you choose a subinterval The circuit monitor calculates demand current using the thermal demand method The default interval is 15 minutes but you can set the demand current interval between 1 and 60 minutes in 1 minute increments The circuit monitor calculates demand voltage The default voltage demand mode is thermal demand with a 15 minute demand interval You can also set the demand voltage to any of the block interval demand modes described in Block Interval Demand on page 60 2005 Sc
111. voltage sag and voltage swell scale factor multipliers that the circuit monitor uses to make values fit into the register where information is stored SMS see System Manager Software synchronized demand demand intervals in the circuit monitor that can be synchronized with another device using an external pulse a command sent over communications or the circuit monitor s internal real time clock System Manager Software SMS software designed by PowerLogic for use in evaluating power monitoring and control data system type a unique code assigned to each type of system wiring configuration of the circuit monitor thermal demand demand calculation based on thermal response TIF IT telephone influence factor used to assess the interference of power distribution circuits with audio communications circuits Total Harmonic Distortion THD or thd indicates the degree to which the voltage or current signal is distorted in a circuit total power factor see power factor transient sudden change in the steady state condition of voltage or current troubleshooting evaluating and attempting to correct problems with the circuit monitor s operation true power factor see power factor undervoltage decrease in effective voltage to less than 90 for longer than one minute VAR volt ampere reactive VFD vacuum fluorescent display 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12
112. 0 1 000 Internal unit temperature 1 s Metering Analog Inputs Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1190 User Selected 4 nteger RO N Xx Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 1 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1191 User Selected nteger ja N oss Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 2 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1192 User Selected nteger R9 N i Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 3 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1193 User Selected i neger RO N Xx Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 4 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1194 User Selected i nteger po N XX Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 5 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog inpu
113. 0 0 1 000 Phase B Current 1109 Unbalance 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase C Current o 1110 Unbalance Max 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Percent Unbalance Worst 1 s Metering Voltage Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1120 Voltage A B 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 between A amp B Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1121 Voltage B C 4 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 between B amp C Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1122 Voltage C A 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 between C amp A Voltage L L _ Fundamental RMS 3 Phase Average 1123 Average 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 L L Voltage 0 32 767 Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1124 Voltage A N 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale A between A amp N 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 0 32 767 Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1125 Voltage B N 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale d between B amp N 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 0 32 767 Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1126 Voltage C N 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale A between C amp N 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 0 32 767 between N amp G 1127 Voltage N G i Integer RO N E Nols Scag 32 768 if N A 4 wire system with 4 element metering only Voltage L N Fundamental RMS 3 Phase Average 1128 Average 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 L N Voltage Voltage z Percent Voltage Unbalance 1129 Unbalance A B 1 Intege
114. 0 Phase B Maximum Current 1509 Unbalance 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase C Maximum 1510 Current 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Unbalance Max Maximum Voltage Maximum _ Maximum fundamental RMS Voltage 1520 Voltage A B 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32767 between A amp B Maximum ek Maximum fundamental RMS Voltage 1521 Voltage B C 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32767 between B amp C Maximum Maximum fundamental RMS Voltage 1522 Voltage C A 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32767 between C amp A Maximum 3 1523 Voltage L L 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32767 eee RMS Average Average Maximum fundamental RMS Voltage 1524 Maximum 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale OROL between A amp N Voltage A N 32 768 if N A A Wire yeler only Maximum fundamental RMS Voltage 1525 Maximum 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale Dee et between B amp N Voltage B N 32 768 if N A A Wire syslen only y Maximum fundamental RMS Voltage 1526 Maximum 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0926r between C amp N Voltage C N 32 768 if N A A Wire systern only RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 200 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit M
115. 000 1174 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 32 768 if N A value is mapped from 0 2000 with Ph c 4 gt 1000 representing unity values below Soa 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 184 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 3 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued 00 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Derived using only fundamental frequency of the real and apparent ee power Reported value is mapped 1175 Bora Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 0 2 000 from 0 2000 with 1000 representing Total 4 unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading 1 s Metering Frequency and Temperature 50 60Hz Frequency of circuits being monitored 0 01Hz 4 500 6 700 If the frequency is out of range the 1180 Frequency 1 Integer RO N XX 400Hz register will be 32 768 0 10Hz 3 500 4 500 32 768 if N A 1181 Temperature 1 Integer RO N XX 0 1 C 1 00
116. 08 register addressing convention 177 organization of bits 177 power factor format 178 registers for conditional energy 163 reading and writing from the display 48 using the command interface 162 relay operating modes 75 absolute KVARh pulse 76 absolute kWh pulse 76 end of demand interval 76 kVAh pulse 76 kVAR out pulse 76 kVARh in pulse 76 kWh in pulse 76 kWh out pulse 76 latched 75 normal 75 timed 75 relays assigning multiple alarm conditions to 78 internal or external control of 75 operating using command interface 158 setpoint controlled relay functions 86 sounding bell using a relay 86 using with event capture 111 resets locking 40 of peak demand values 64 resetting values 41 values in generic demand profile 64 reverse power alarm type 88 rolling block 60 route statement 139 S sag swell description 113 sample event log 84 scale factor 65 consumption 65 demand 65 scale factors 89 changing scale factors 166 scale groups 89 scaling alarm setpoints 90 scale groups 89 set up alarms 19 19 24 analog outputs 81 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual automatic event capture 111 communications 12 CT and PT ratios 17 custom alarms 86 custom quantities 32 34 demand calculation method 19 device address 13 individual harmonic calculations 165 infrared port communications 12 inputs and outputs 25 passwords 31 setpoint maximum 147 setpoint dr
117. 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Voltage B N 4 wire system Voltage B N B C Voltage B C 3 wire system Minimum Cres Minimum Transformer Crest Factor 1427 Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Voltage C N 4 wire system Voltage C N C A Voltage C A 3 wire system Minimum Fundamental Magnitudes and Angles Current Minimum Current Fundamenta 1430 RMS Magnitude 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Phase A Amm arten Angle at the time of magnitude 1431 Coincident 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 minimum Angle Phase A Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle Minimum Current Fundamental 1432 RMS Magnitude 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Phase B num Sarren Angle at the time of magnitude 1433 Coincident 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 minimum Angle Phase B Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle Minimum Current Fundamental 1434 RMS Magnitude 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Phase C a a Angle at the time of magnitude 1435 Bathcdant 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 minimum Angle Phase C Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle Minimum Current Fundamental 0 32 767 ie 1436 RMS Magnitude 1 Integer RO Y B Amperes Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Neutral Minimum Current Angle at the time of magnitude Fundamental 3 0 3 599 minimum 1437 Coincident i Integer RS y x 0 1 32 768 if N A Referenced to A N Angle Neutral 4 wire system only Minimum Current Fundamental 0 32 767 1438 RMS Magnitude 1 Integer
118. 2 Monday default 3 Tuesday 4 Wednesday 5 Thursday 6 Friday 7 Saturday 3906 Definition of Interruption 0 10 Nominal default 1 3907 Allowable Range of Slow Voltage Variations 1 20 Nominal default 10 3908 Reserved 3909 Reserved 3910 Bitmap of active evaluations Bit 00 Summary bit at least one EN50160 evaluation is active Bit 01 Frequency Bit 02 Supply voltage variations Bit 03 Magnitude of rapid voltage changes Bit 04 Flicker Bit 05 Supply voltage dips Bit 06 Short interruptions of the supply voltage Bit 07 Long interruptions of the supply voltage Bit 08 Temporary power frequency overvoltages Bit 09 Transient overvoltages Bit 10 Supply voltage unbalance Bit 11 Harmonic voltage Bit 12 THD Bit 13 Not used Bit 14 Not used Bit 15 Not used 3911 Bitmap of evaluation status summary Bit 00 Summary bit at least one EN50160 evaluation has failed Bit 01 Frequency Bit 02 Supply voltage variations Bit 03 Magnitude of rapid voltage changes Bit 04 Flicker Bit 05 Supply voltage dips Bit 06 Short interruptions of the supply voltage Bit 07 Long interruptions of the supply voltage Bit 08 Temporary power frequency overvoltages Bit 09 Transient overvoltages Bit 10 Supply voltage unbalance Bit 11 Harmonic voltage Bit 12 THD Bit 13
119. 2 MB and higher CT and PT wiring diagnostics Revenue security with utility sealing capability Disturbance direction detection EN50160 evaluations Power quality energy and alarm summaries Waveshape alarms Alarm setpoint learning PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 1 Introduction 12 2005 Harmonic power flows e Harmonic and interharmonic measurements per IEC 61000 4 7 CM4250 only TOPICS NOT COVERED IN THIS Some of the circuit monitor s advanced features such as onboard data logs BULLETIN and alarm log files can only be set up over the communications link using SMS This circuit monitor instruction bulletin describes many advanced features but does not tell how to set them up For instructions on using SMS refer to the SMS online help and the SMS Setup Guide For information about related instruction bulletins see Table 1 2 on page 2 4 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Refernece Manual 12 2005 Chapter 2 Safety Precautions CHAPTER 2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS BEFORE YOU BEGIN This section contains important safety precautions that must be followed before attempting to install service or maintain electrical equipment Carefully read and follow the safety precautions outlined below A DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH e Apply appropriate personal protective equipment PPE and
120. 2005 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Glossary voltage interruption complete loss of power where no voltage remains in the circuit voltage sag a brief decrease in effective voltage lasting more than one minute voltage swell increase in effective voltage for up to one minute in duration voltage transformer VT see potential transformer voltage unbalance percentage difference between each phase voltage with respect to the average of all phase voltages waveform capture can be done for all current and voltage channels in the circuit monitor 221 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Glossary 12 2005 222 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 INDEX Numerics 100 millisecond real time readings 56 rms event capture 108 A accumulate energy signed or unsigned more 67 adaptive waveform captures 108 resolutions 108 address device address 139 alarm LED 46 alarm levels with different pickups and dropouts 85 alarm log defining storage space for 116 description 101 Alarm Parameters menu 144 alarms abbreviated names defined 91 acknowledging high priority alarms 46 alarm conditions 83 91 alarm groups 19 83 alarm levels 85 alarm priorities described 45 alarm types 91 93 alarm triggered events 111 assigning priority 20 Boolean 83 creating data log entrie
121. 2005 Register 3 Range 1 Register 11 Range 2 Bitmap of evaluation status of individual evaluations Bit 00 Frequency Bit 01 Va Bit 02 Vb Bit 03 Vc Bit 04 Flicker Va Bit 05 Flicker Vb Bit 06 Flicker Vc Bit 07 Voltage Unbalance Bit 08 THD Va Bit 09 THD Vb Bit 10 THD Vc Bit 11 Va H2 Bit 12 Va H3 Bit 13 Va H4 Bit 14 Va H5 Bit 15 Va H6 Register 5 Range 1 Register 13 Range 2 Bitmap of evaluation status of individual evaluations Bit 00 Va H23 Bit 01 Va H24 Bit 02 Va H25 Bit 03 Vb H2 Bit 04 Vb H3 Bit 05 Vb H4 Bit 06 Vb H5 Bit 07 Vb H6 Bit 08 Vb H7 Bit 09 Vb H8 Bit 10 Vb H9 Bit 11 Vb H10 Bit 12 Vb H11 Bit 13 Vb H12 Bit 14 Vb H13 Bit 15 Vb H14 128 Register 7 Range 1 Register 15 Range 2 Bitmap of evaluation status of individual evaluations Bit 00 Vc H7 Bit 01 Vc H8 Bit 02 Vc H9 Bit 03 Vc H10 Bit 04 Vc H11 Bit 05 Vc H12 Bit 06 Vc H13 Bit 07 Vc H14 Bit 08 Vc H15 Bit 09 Vc H16 Bit 10 Vc H17 Bit 11 Vc H18 Bit 12 Vc H19 Bit 13 Vc H20 Bit 14 Vc H21 Bit 15 Vc H22 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring Table 9 4 Portal Register Descriptions continued Po
122. 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Real Time Clock P Slow down 3059 Field Calibration 1 Integer R CW Y XX ppm 63 126 Speed up Installed Log 3061 Memory 1 Integer RO Y XX Mbytes 0 65 535 0 Not Installed 1 10044 2 Reserved 3073 wie Option 4 Integer RO N xx XXXXXXX 0 16 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Ethernet Option Module 0 Not Installed 1 10044 2 Reserved Installed Option 3 Reserved 3074 Slot B 1 Integer RO N XX XXXXXXX 0 7 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Ethernet Option Module 7 Production Test Load Board Installed Option 0 Not Installed 3075 1O Extender 1 nteger RO N XX XXXXXXX 0 5 5 Installed 3093 Present Month 1 nteger RO N XX Months 1 12 3094 Present Day 1 nteger RO N XX Days 1 31 3095 Present Year 1 nteger RO N XX Years 2 000 2 043 3096 Present Hour 1 nteger RO N XX Hours 0 23 3097 Present Minute 1 nteger RO N XX Minutes 0 59 3098 Present Second 1 nteger RO N XX Seconds 0 59 3099 Day of Week 1 nteger RO N XX 1 0 1 7 Sunday 1 RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 Se
123. 32 768 if N A wire system only Maximum True s 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1563 Power Factor 1 Integer RO y XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power Derived using the complete harmonic Maximum content of real and apparent power 4 gt wire system only Reported value is Jpeg Aona mos 1 Integer RO Y xx 0 001 ie Se p mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase A gt representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic Maximum content of real and apparent power 4 wire system only Reported value is 1565 Alternate True 1 Integer RO Y x 0 001 32 768 i N a Mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase B gt representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic Maximum content of real and apparent power 4 wire system only Reported value is cl AIOS ee 1 Integer RO Y x 0 001 32 768 i N A Mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase C representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic Maximum content of real and apparent power Alternate True Reported value is mapped from 0 1567 Power Factor 1 Integer RO Y 0 001 0 2 000 2000 with 1000 representing unity Total values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing le
124. 4 PM CM4000 Office Swel l hage Dumert Swel Dropar EV1 Max1 Figure 6 2 How the circuit monitor handles setpoint driven alarms Max2 Pickup Setpoint Dropout Setpoint 84 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Priorities Alarm Levels 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 6 Alarms EV1 The circuit monitor records the date and time that the pickup setpoint and time delay were satisfied and the maximum value reached Max1 during the pickup delay period AT Also the circuit monitor performs any tasks assigned to the event such as waveform captures or forced data log entries EV2 The circuit monitor records the date and time that the dropout setpoint and time delay were satisfied and the maximum value reached Max2 during the alarm period The circuit monitor also stores a correlation sequence number CSN for each event such as Under Voltage Phase A Pickup Under Voltage Phase A Dropout The CSN lets you relate pickups and dropouts in the alarm log You can sort pickups and dropouts by CSN to correlate the pickups and dropouts of a particular alarm The pickup and dropout entries of an alarm will have the same CSN You can also calculate the duration of an event by looking at pickups and dropouts with the same CSN Each alarm also has a priority level Use the priorities to distinguish
125. 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring 1 Alam Log 4 2001 516 34 981 PM 4 2001 5 16 91 297 FM 4 2001 516 31 181 PM 2001 5 16 31 031 FM 4 2001 5 16 30 997 PM 4 14 2001 73928 604 PM 118 CM4000 Office CM4000 Office OM4000 Ullice CM4000 Office CM4000 Ullce C4000 Office CM 4000 Office 12 2005 Figure 9 5 Event log entries example i i i 4 12 i Rees ep ATARA ER SSS SS SSS SSS eS Perse Fri gt Dropout Threshold Pickup Threshold Event Log Entry Value 1 Event Log if 1 Pickup Entry 2 Value i Dropout Delay Delay Once the alarm has been recorded you can view the alarm log in SMS A sample alarm log entry is shown in Figure 9 6 See SMS online help for instructions on working with the alarm log Figure 9 6 Sample alarm log entry Vokoge Curert Swell Dropout Vokage Dumert Swel Dropert VoRege Lurert Swal Pickup Vokage Dumrert Swell Drogas VoRage Durert Swell Pickup Vokege Currert Swell Pickup Vokage Dumert Swell Dropert Dooa oc 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 USING EN50160 EVALUATION Overview How Results of the Evaluations Are Reported PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring This section describes how the circuit monitor operates when the European standard EN50160 evaluation feature is enabled For instructions on how to enable th
126. 4000T circuit monitor has most of the same metering capabilities as the CM4250 However it also has the ability to detect and capture sub microsecond voltage transients up to a peak voltage of 10 000 volts L L It accomplishes this by using the transient version of the current voltage module The transient detection module or CVMT contains the entire front end of the meter necessary to perform both standard metering as defined by the CM4250 and the high speed data acquisition necessary to perform high speed impulsive voltage transient detection The CM4000T also has the ability to measure voltage fluctuations flicker based on IEC 61000 4 15 2003 standards 230 V 50 Hz systems and 120 V 60 Hz systems See Flicker later in this chapter for more information Attaching the CVMT module allows the capture storage and viewing of sub microsecond voltage events Additionally it allows for the logging of voltage transient peaks average voltage rise time and duration A transient is defined as a disturbance in the electrical system lasting less that one cycle There are two types of transients impulsive and oscillatory An impulsive transient is defined as a sudden non power frequency change in the steady state condition of voltage or current that is unidirectional in polarity Lightning strikes are a common cause of impulsive transients Oscillatory also known as switching transients include both positive and negative polari
127. 50 CM4000T CM4000 2 EN50160 is selected Press the enter button J N begins to blink Use the up arrow button to scroll change from N to Y Then press the enter button 3 Use the arrow button to select the other option on the menu or if you are finished press the menu button A to save Selecting Nominal Voltage To set up Nominal Voltage from the display follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Meter gt Power Quality The POWER QUALITY screen displays POWER QUALITY POWER QUALITY POWER QUALITY EN50160 Enable N EN50160 Enable EN50160 Enable N Nom Voltage 230 Nom Voltage 230 Nom Voltage 230 1EC61000 Enable Nj Flicker J CM4250 CM4000T CM4000 2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the Nominal Voltage option 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 131 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring 12 2005 3 Press the enter button W to select the value The value begins to blink Use the arrow buttons to set the nominal voltage value Then press the enter button to select the new value 4 Use the arrow buttons to select the other option on the menu or if you are finished press the menu button A to save Selecting IEC61000 Mode CM4250 only To set up IEC61000 mode from the display follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Meter gt Power Quality
128. 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Instruction Bulletin PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Includes Models 4000 4250 4000T Retain for future use Schneider iF Electric 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved HAZARD CATEGORIES AND SPECIAL SYMBOLS Read these instructions carefully and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install operate service or maintain it The following special messages may appear throughout this bulletin or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure The addition of either symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label indicates that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the instructions are not followed This is the safety alert symbol It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death A DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury A WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in death or serious injury A CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor or moderate injury CAUTION CAUTION used without the safety aler
129. 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes 1289 Current Zero Sequence Angle Integer RO XX 0 3 599 1290 Voltage Positive Sequence Magnitude Integer RO Volts Scale 0 32 767 1291 Voltage Positive Sequence Angle Integer RO XX 0 1 0 3 599 1292 Voltage Negative Sequence Magnitude Integer RO Volts Scale 0 32 767 1293 Voltage Negative Sequence Angle Integer RO XX 0 1 0 3 599 1294 Voltage Zero Sequence Magnitude Integer RO Volts Scale 0 32 767 1295 Voltage Zero Sequence Angle Integer RO XX 0 1 0 3 599 1296 Current Sequence Unbalance Integer RO XX 0 10 0 32 767 1297 Voltage Sequence Unbalance Integer RO XX 0 10 0 32 767 1298 Current Sequence Unbalance Factor Integer RO XX 0 10 0 1 000 Negative Sequence Positive Sequence 1299 Voltage Sequence Unbalance Factor Integer RO XX 0 10 0 1 000 Negative Sequence Positive Sequence Minimum Current 1300 Minimum Current Phase A Integer RO Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS 1301 1302 Minimum Current Phase B Minimum Current Phase C Integer Integer RO RO Amperes Scale Am
130. 9 Demand Power Calculation Methods sseeseesieeseeeeseeeeeeeereeeenereeneee 59 Block Interval DeMaNd e ce eeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeneeeees 60 Synchronized DeMand cccceeceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeseetseeeeaeeeeeeteas 62 Demand Gurr nt 21 i2 adios le Al De aerer riS ei Sraa 62 Demand Volagere T N a 62 Thermal Demand ekses iets pence thee Di a a E EA eet 63 Predicted Demand i 4 esr Sein eevee aaa 63 Peak Dema eaaa Eea arara aeaa eae A Ar deeb addacna seis stiesshscvnades 64 Generic Demand erastea a a ee ai eaa Oe et 64 Input Metering Demand eeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeteneeeensateneaes 65 Energy ReadingS inti saeara aieea in ieee id 66 Power Analysis Values cccccccseseeceseeeeesseeeeseeeeeesceeseseeeneseeeeseeeeessenenes 68 Harmonic POWE eaea ka ota tra hain wath annie cent ate 70 CHAPTER 5 INPUT OUTPUT VO OpPtONS sarni eek edad death nde ee ee as tec 71 CAPABILITIES BYSTEN a 0101 earner re eR er Re ere 71 Demand Synch Pulse Input cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeaeeesaeeeaeeeeenea 72 Analog Inputs siiiediececi cet ede EA 73 Analog Input Example c eeescceeseeceseseeeeeneeeneseeeeeseeeeessneneneneestsces 74 Relay Output Operating Modes ceeceeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeetsaeeeeeeeneeeeas 75 Mechanical Relay Outputs ceeceesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeseeeeeaeetnaeeeeeeeeerea 77 Setpoint Con
131. 99 999 999 VARh 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 VAh 0000 000 kWh to 99 999 99 MWh and 0000 000 to 99 999 99 MVARh Accumulated Energy Conditional Real In Real Out Reactive In Reactive Out Apparent 66 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 Wh 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 Wh 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 VARh 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 VARh 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 VAh Not shown on the display Readings are obtained only through the communications link 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Table 4 4 Energy Readings continued Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities Accumulated Energy Incremental Real In 0 to 999 999 999 999 Wh Real Out 0 to 999 999 999 999 Wh 0000 000 kWh to 99 999 99 MWh and Reactive In 0 to 999 999 999 999 VARh 0000 000 to 99 999 99 MVARh Reactive Out 0 to 999 999 999 999 VARh Apparent 0 to 999 999 999 999 VAh Reactive Energy Quadrant 1 0 to 999 999 999 999 VARh Not shoncod tneldiepiay Readings Quadrant 2 0 to 999 999 999 999 VARh are obtained only through the Quadrant 3 0 to 999 999 999 999 VARh communications link Quadrant 4 0 to 999 999 999 999 VARh Values can be displayed on the screen by creating custom quantities and custom displays 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved The circuit monitor can accumulate the energy values shown in Table 4 4 in one of
132. Apparent Power SC 1150 Phase C 1 nteger RO N F kVA Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 4 wire system SA SB SC 1151 em Rower 1 nteger RO N F kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase apparent power 1 s Metering Power Factor True Power 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1160 Factor Phase A 1 nteger RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only True Power 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1161 Factor Phase B 1 nteger RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power i 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only True Power 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1162 Factor Phase C 1 nteger RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only True Power 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 183 Factor Total 1 nteger Ro M ms 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 183 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued
133. Are Reported eeeeesseeeesereees 119 Possible Configurations Through Register Writes cceeeeeeeee 120 Evaluation of Abnormal Event 0 eceeeeseeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeereneeees 120 Detecting Transient Overvoltages ceceeeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeetaes 123 Circuit Monitor Operation with EN50160 Enabled c ce 123 Resetting Statistics iaren aide iseenese iiaeia ier iaoi 123 Standard Alarms Allocated for Evaluations cccceeeeeeeeee 123 Flicker MOMItOring o is ipia ta iaaa a a aaa Ea apaia aait 124 Harmonic Galc lah ON Sisiane riuada ieii 124 Time Intervals nian ata cll ead ead 124 EN50160 Evaluation of Meter Data ee eeeeeeeseeeseneeeeeneeeeseeeenaees 124 Power Frequeney Avcueectiieneditniiin eich danihldvieds 124 Supply Voltage Variations ccecceseesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 124 Flicker Seventy nnana ee ai eed ee 124 Supply Voltage Unbalance eeeceeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 125 Harmonic Voltage siss irainei aeaaeae aer aana eek apanak a 125 System Configuration and Status Registers cccscceeeseeeeteeeee 125 Evaluation Data Available Over a Communications Link 127 Portal Registers aa eraa aaa eaaa Tarraa E E E E aer EEEa ai 127 Viewing EN50160 Evaluations Web Pages s ssnesnnssnssnsennnnneneee 130 Setting Up EN50160 Evaluation 0 cece eeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeenees 130 Enablin
134. Controlled When an alarm condition assigned to the relay occurs the relay is energized The relay is not de energized until a alarm conditions assigned to the relay have dropped out the circuit monitor loses control power or the alarms are over ridden using SMS software If the alarm condition is still true when the circuit monitor regains control power the relay will be re energized Latched Remotely Controlled Energize the relay by issuing a command from a remote PC or programmable controller The relay remains energized until a command to de energize is issued from a remote PC or programmable controller or until the circuit monitor loses control power When control power is restored the relay will not be re energized Circuit Monitor Controlled When an alarm condition assigned to the relay occurs the relay is energized The relay remains energized even after all alarm conditions assigned to the relay have dropped out until a command to de energize is issued from a remote PC or programmable controller until the high priority alarm log is cleared from the display or until the circuit monitor loses control power When control power is restored the relay will not be re energized if the alarm condition is not TRUE Timed Remotely Controlled Energize the relay by issuing a command from a remote PC or programmable controller The relay remains energized until the timer expires or until the circuit monitor loses
135. D 010 13 Over Voltage Phase C N Over Vcn 1126 Volts D 010 14 Over Voltage Phase A B Over Vab 1120 Volts D 010 15 Over Voltage Phase B C Over Vbc 1121 Volts D 010 16 Over Voltage Phase C A Over Vca 1122 Volts D 010 17 Under Voltage Phase A Under Van 1124 Volts D 020 18 Under Voltage Phase B Under Vbn 1125 Volts D 020 19 Under Voltage Phase C Under Ven 1126 Volts D 020 20 Under Voltage Phase A B Under Vab 1120 Volts D 020 21 Under Voltage Phase B C Under Vbc 1121 Volts D 020 22 Under Voltage Phase C A Under Vca 1122 Volts D 020 23 Voltage Unbalance L N Max V Unbal L N Max 1136 Tenths 010 Alarm Types are described in Table 6 4 on page 93 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 91 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 6 Alarms 12 2005 Table 6 3 List of Default Alarms by Alarm Number continued Alarm Alarm Description Abbreviated Test Units Scale Sarn Number Display Name Register Group Type 24 Voltage Unbalance L L Max V Unbal L L Max 1132 Tenths _ 010 25 Voltage Loss loss of A B C but not all Voltage Loss 3262 Volts D 052 26 Phase Reversal Phase Rev 3228 051 27 Over kVA Demand Over kVA Dmd 2181 kVA F 011 28 Over kW Demand Over kW Dmd 2151 kW F 011 29 Over kVAR Demand Over kVAR Dmd 2166 kVAR F 011 30 Over Frequency Over Freq 1180 Hundredths of Hertz
136. Default Label name of the alarm assigned to this position Press the down arrow button to scroll through the alphabet The lower case letters are presented first then Nemeorthe atani Lbl Alphanumeric uppercase then numbers and symbols Press the enter button to select a letter mar d fj assigned to this position and move to the next character field To move to the next option press the menu button Select Yes to make the alarm available for use by the circuit monitor On Ast Yes Depends on individual Enable No preconfigured alarms the alarm may already be enabled Alarm Select No to make the alarm function unavailable to the circuit monitor c None Lowis the lowest priority alarm High is the highest priority alarm and also places Priority Low the active alarm in the list of high priority alarms To view this list from the Main Depends on individual Med Menu select Alarms gt High Priority Alarms For more information see Viewing alarm High Alarms on page 45 Abs Selecting Abs indicates that the pickup and dropout setpoints are absolute values Setpoint Mode Rel Rel indicates that the pickup and dropout setpoints are a percentage of a running average the relative value of the test value Pickup 1 32 767 PU Dly Pickup Delay When you enter a delay time the number is multiples of time For example for Seconds 1 32 767 standard speed the time is 2 for 2 seconds 3 for 3 seconds etc For high speed Depends on individual alarms
137. Demand selecting different pickup points for it The custom kW Demand alarm once created will appear in the standard alarm list For illustration purposes let s set the default kW Demand alarm to 120 kW and the new custom alarm to 150 kW One alarm named kW Demand the other kW Demand 150kW as shown in Figure 6 3 Note that if you choose to set up two alarms for the same quantity use slightly different names to distinguish which alarm is active The display can hold up to 15 characters for each name You can create up to 10 alarm levels for each quantity 85 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 6 Alarms CUSTOM ALARMS SETPOINT CONTROLLED RELAY FUNCTIONS 86 12 2005 Figure 6 3 Two alarms set up for the same quantity with different pickup and dropout set points kW Demand A 150 5 Alarm 43 Drop Out Alarm 43 Pick Up 140 7 130 1207 Alarm 26 Pick Up Alarm 26 Drop Out I I I I I I I I 100 4 I I I I I I I l I I pT Time Demand OK Approaching Peak Demand Below Peak Demand OK Peak Demand Exceeded Demand kW Demand default kW Demand 150kW custom Alarm 26 kW Demand with Alarm 43 kW Demand with pickup of 120 kWd medium priority pickup of 150 kWd high priority The circuit monitor has many pre defined alarms but you can also set up your own custom alarms For example you may need to alarm on the ON
138. Electric All Rights Reserved Momentary voltage disturbances are an increasing concern for industrial plants hospitals data centers and other commercial facilities because modern equipment used in those facilities tends to be more sensitive to voltage sags swells and momentary interruptions The circuit monitor can detect these events by continuously monitoring and recording current and voltage information on all metered channels Using this information you can diagnose equipment problems resulting from voltage sags or swells and identify areas of vulnerability enabling you to take corrective action The interruption of an industrial process because of an abnormal voltage condition can result in substantial costs which manifest themselves in many ways e labor costs for cleanup and restart e lost productivity e damaged product or reduced product quality e delivery delays and user dissatisfaction The entire process can depend on the sensitivity of a single piece of equipment Relays contactors adjustable speed drives programmable controllers PCs and data communication networks are all susceptible to transient and short duration power problems After the electrical system is interrupted or shut down determining the cause may be difficult Several types of voltage disturbances are possible each potentially having a different origin and requiring a separate solution A momentary interruption occurs when a protective device interrup
139. Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 199 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Minimum Voltage i i 1499 Sequence 1 Integer RO N xx 0 10 0 1 000 S Iae Sequence ee Unbalance q Factor Maximum Current Maximum 1500 Current Phase A 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS Maximum 1501 Current Phase B 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS Maximum 1502 Current Phase C 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS Maximum 0 32 767 RMS 1503 Current Neutral l Integer RO v B Amperes Scale 39 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum 0 32 767 Maximum calculated RMS ground 1504 Current Ground 1 Integer RO v C Amperes Scale 35 768 if N A current Maximum F 1505 Current 3Phase 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale Oscar a eee Average 4 Maximum k N 1506 Current 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale o 327e7 Naim Mea CNAN current Apparent RMS Maximum Current 1507 Unbalance 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase A Maximum Current 5 7 1508 Unbalance 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 00
140. H 1 3 Phase total apparent energy Energy 3 Ph re tf Phase total accumulated conditional 1728 i Real 4 Mod10 RO Y XX WH 1 real energy into the load Energy 3 Ph De AA Phase total accumulated conditional 1132 Sa E Monito RO y xX VATH qj reactive energy into the load Energy ee te 3 Phase total accumulated conditional 1736 oe Real 4 Mod10 RO Y XX WH i real energy out of the load Energy t oh 3 Phase total accumulated conditional 1740 monamona a Mod10 RO x xx Aar reactive energy out of the load Energy re 1744 Conditiona 4 Mod10 RO y w VAH 1 3 Phase total accumulated conditional Apparent apparent energy Energy ncremental Real 3 Phase total accumulated 1748 Conc 3 Mod10 RO Y ZX WH 3 incremental real energy into the load nterval Energy ncremental 3 Phase total accumulated 1751 Reactive In Last 3 Mod10 RO X XX VArH 3 incremental reactive energy into the Complete load nterval Energy ncremental Real 3 Phase total accumulated 1754 Sao 3 Mod10 RO a 2x ig 3 incremental real energy out of the load nterval Energy ncremental 3 Phase total accumulated 1757 Reactive Out 3 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 3 incremental reactive energy out of the Last Complete load nterval Energy ncremental 3 Phase total accumulated 1760 Sonne Last 3 Mod10 RO Y XX VAH 3 incremental apparent energy nterval DateTime Last 1763 Complete 4 DateTime RO Y XX See Template See Template ncremental Energy Interval Energy ncremental Real 3 P
141. HD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental Phase C N i 4 wire system only Minimum 0 32 767 Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1410 THD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental Phase N G i 4 wire system only Minimum ae sles Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1411 THD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Expressed as of fundamenta Phase A B Minimum yi raik A Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1412 THD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Expressed as of fundamenta Phase B C Minimum RE Ei Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion 1413 THD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 32 767 Expressed as of fundamenta Phase C A Minimum eg Pagar Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion THD thd Voltage 0 32 767 1415 z 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 F Expressed as of fundamental eer anaes 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum THD thd Voltage A 5 Minimum Total Harmonic Distortion THG 3 Phase Average 1 Integer RO X a 0 10 Oe 32767 Expressed as of fundamental L L Minimum Transformer Heating Minimum Current 1418 K Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 10 000 Phase A Minimum Current 1419 K Factor 1 Integer RO Y Xx 0 10 0 10 000 Phase B Minimum Current 1420 K Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 10 000 Phase C RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Fac
142. How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 185 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Total Harmonic Distortion Phase B 1201 pee 1 Integer RO N xx 0 10 0 32 767 Current Expressed as of fundamental Total Harmonic Distortion Phase C 1202 eee 1 Integer RO N xx 0 10 0 32 767 Current ase Expressed as of fundamental Total Harmonic Distortion Phase N THD thd Current 0 32 767 Current 1203 Phase N 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental 4 wire system only Total Harmonic Distortion Ground ioe eel Integer RO N xx 0 10 eaer y Current u g Expressed as of fundamental Total Harmonic Distortion 1207 Naa Tage 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 eect A Expressed as of fundamental 4 wire system only Total Harmonic Distortion 1208 a 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 eee He A Expressed as of fundamental 4 wire system only Total Harmonic Distortion 1209 Atl SIR 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 Roei CF A Expressed as of fundamental 7 4 wire system only Total Harmonic Distortion 1210 eee 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 neat Expressed as of fundamental z 4 wire system
143. If set to Y yes the Demand option on the Reset N menu will be locked so that the value cannot be reset from the display even if a password has been set up for the Reset option See Resetting Min Max Demand and Energy Values on page 41 for more information Lock M M Reset YorN Lock the reset of the min max values If set to Y yes the Min Max option on the Reset menu will be locked so that the value cannot be reset from the display even if a password has been set up for the Reset option See Resetting Min Max Demand and Energy Values on page 41 for more information Lock Meter Init YorN Lock access to Meter Initialization If set to Y Yes the Meter Init option on the Resets N menu will be locked so that this function cannot be done from the display even if a password has been set up for the Setup Meter Init option See Resetting Min Max Demand and Energy Values on page 41 for more information RESETTING MIN MAX DEMAND AND ENERGY VALUES A reset clears the circuit monitor s memory of the last recorded value For example you might need to reset monthly peak demand power From the Reset menu shown in Figure 3 10 you can reset the following values e Energy accumulated energy and conditional energy e Demand peak power demand and peak current demand e Min Max minimum and maximum values for all real time readings Figure 3 10 Performing resets from the Reset menu
144. It considers the total harmonic current and the total rms content rather than fundamental content in the calculation The circuit monitor calculates thd for both voltage and current The circuit monitor uses the following equation to calculate thd where H is the harmonic distortion ee eee oe ta thd _ _ X 100 Total rms TDD Total Demand Distortion TDD is used to evaluate the harmonic voltages and currents between an end user and a power source The harmonic values are based on a point of common coupling PCC which is acommon point that each user receives power from the power source The following equation is used to calculate TDD where lp is the 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities magnitude of individual harmonic components h is the harmonic order and I is the maximum demand load current in register 3233 Top 5 x 100 IL e K factor K factor is a simple numerical rating used to specify transformers for nonlinear loads The rating describes a transformer s ability to serve nonlinear loads without exceeding rated temperature rise limits The higher the K factor rating the better the transformer s ability to handle the harmonics The circuit monitor uses the following equation to calculate K factor where is harmonic current and h is the harmonic order sUM If oh
145. M4000T Writing Transient Register Values 150 12 2005 pick up setpoint of 600 V rms 848 V peak Transient captures for L N connected systems is 5 kV peak Therefore all captured transient magnitudes will be between 848 V peak and 5 k V peak The Magnitude 1 register 9226 and Magnitude 3 register 9227 parameters for the Transient Categories might be configured as 1471 V peak 5 kV 848 15 848 which would include transients in the lower 15 in magnitude Magnitude 3 might be configured as 2509 V peak 5 kV 848 40 848 which includes transients in the upper 60 in magnitude Magnitude 2 is implied as those transients gt 15 of the range to lt 40 of the range Much like Magnitude 1 and Magnitude 3 values for Duration 1 register 9228 and Duration 3 register 9229 must be configured We recommend that Duration 1 is set to 32 us and Duration 3 is set to 130 us This implies that all transients with duration lt 32 us will be considered Duration 1 and transients with duration gt 130 us will be Duration 3 Duration 2 is implied as those transients with a duration gt 32 us but lt 130 us See The following is a list of the steps necessary to enter the transient register values For more information on reading and writing registers refer to Reading and Writing Registers on page 48 1 Write 9020 to register 8000 to enter Setup mode 2 Write the desired value into the following register
146. Metering Capabilities The circuit monitor provides a variety of demand readings including coincident readings and predicted demands Table 4 3 lists the available demand readings and their reportable ranges Table 4 3 Demand Readings Demand Readings Reportable Range Demand Current Per Phase 30 Average Neutral Last Complete Interval 0 to 32 767 A Peak 0 to 32 767 A Demand Voltage L N L L Per phase Average N G Last Complete Interval 0 to 1200 kV Minimum 0 to 1200 kV Peak 0 to 1200 kV Average Power Factor True 30 Total Last Complete Interval Coincident with kW Peak Coincident with kVAR Peak Coincident with kVA Peak 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 Demand Real Power 3 Total Last Complete Interval Predicted Peak Coincident kVA Demand Coincident KVAR Demand 0 to 3276 70 MW 0 to 3276 70 MW 0 to 3276 70 MW 0 to 3276 70 MVA 0 to 3276 70 MVAR Demand Reactive Power 30 Total Last Complete Interval Predicted Peak Coincident kVA Demand Coincident kW Demand 0 to 3276 70 MVAR 0 to 3276 70 MVAR 0 to 3276 70 MVAR 0 to 3276 70 MVA 0 to 3276 70 MW Demand Apparent Power 3 Total Last Complete Interval Predicted Peak Coincident kW Demand Coincident KVAR Demand 0 to 3276 70 MVA 0 to 3276 70 MVA 0 to 3276 70 MVA 0 to 3276 70 MW 0 to 3276 70 MVAR Demand power is
147. Over Vca HS 1022 Volts D 010 12 Over Voltage N G Over Vng HS 1027 Volts E 010 13 Under Voltage A N Under Van HS 1024 Volts D 020 14 Under Voltage B N Under Vbn HS 1025 Volts D 020 15 Under Voltage C N Under Vcn HS 1026 Volts D 020 16 Under Voltage A B Under Vab HS 1020 Volts D 020 17 Under Voltage B C Under Vbc HS 1021 Volts D 020 18 Under Voltage C A Under Vca HS 1022 Volts D 020 19 20 Reserved for custom alarms _ Alarm Types are described in Table 6 4 on page 93 92 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 6 Alarms Table 6 3 List of Default Alarms by Alarm Number continued Alarm Alarm Description Abbreviated Test Units Scale AET Number Display Name Register Group Type Disturbance Monitoring 1 2 Cycle 01 Voltage Swell A Swell Van 4 Volts D 080 02 Voltage Swell B Swell Vbn 5 Volts D 080 03 Voltage Swell C Swell Ven 6 Volts D 080 04 Voltage Swell N G Swell Vng 7 Volts E 080 05 Voltage Swell A B Swell Vab 1 Volts D 080 06 Voltage Swell B C Swell Vbc 2 Volts D 080 07 Voltage Swell C A Swell Vca 3 Volts D 080 08 Voltage Sag A N Sag Van 4 Volts D 090 09 Voltage Sag B N Sag Vbn 5 Volts D 090 10 Voltage Sag C N Sag Ven 6 Volts D 090 11 Voltage Sag A B Sag Vab 1 Volts D 090 12 Voltage Sag B C Sag Vbc 2 Volts D 090 13 Voltage S
148. RO Y XX Paart eog EE FNA User Selected P P 3 nput 1 Minimum Auxiliary Analog x x 1391 nput Value 1 Integer RO Y XX Roar ee CAR S User Selected put Setup 32 768 i nput 2 Minimum Auxiliary Analog g z 1392 Input Value 1 Integer RO Y XX eee pes Nay User Selected P P nput 3 Minimum Auxiliary Analog z 5 1393 nput Value 1 Integer RO Y XX Reor aaa og pee in User Selected pu uP nput 4 Minimum Auxiliary Analog 2 z 1394 Input Value 1 Integer RO Y XX ee rae ae User Selected P P nput 5 Minimum Auxiliary Analog y 1395 Input Value 1 Integer RO Y XX be 19 Arang eee ie User Selected pu up 4 nput 6 Minimum Auxiliary Analog 2 z 1396 nput Value 1 Integer RO Y XX Scar ee E N User Selected P P nput 7 Minimum Auxiliary Analog 1397 Input Value 1 Integer RO Y XX kw oe rae lie nN User Selected pu up j nput 8 Minimum Auxiliary Analog i 2 1398 nput Value 1 Integer RO Y XX Roero aog rae TNA User Selected P P 4 nput 9 Minimum Auxiliary Analog 4 z 1399 nput Value 1 Integer RO Y XX AE g EA Thay User Selected P P z nput 10 RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 194 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series
149. Reserved 197 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Minimum Fundamental 32 767 32 767 4 wi 1461 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase C Minimum 1462 Fundamental 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 Reactive Power Total Minimum Distortion Power and Power Factor Minimum 1464 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale pees ie 4 wire system only Phase A Minimum 1465 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale ois 4 wire system only Phase B Minimum 1466 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale aa oE ININ 4 wire system only Phase C 3 Minimum 1467 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Total Minimum 0 1 000 1468 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 ra 4 wire system only 32 768 if N A Factor Phase A Minimum 0 1 000 1469 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 oe 4 wire system only 32 768 if N A Factor Phase B Minimum 0 1 000 1470 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 ie 4 wire system only 32 768 if N A Factor Phase C Minimum 1471 Distortion Power 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Factor Total Minimum Ha
150. above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental Minimum frequency of the real and apparent Alternate power Reported value is mapped 1375 Displacement 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 0 2 000 from 0 2000 with 1000 representing Power Factor Total unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 193 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Minimum Frequency and Temperature 50 60Hz Minimum frequency of circuits being Minimum 0 01Hz 4 500 6 700 monitored If the frequency is out of 1380 Fiequenc 1 Integer RO Y XX 400Hz range the register will be 32 768 quency 0 10Hz 3 500 4 500 32 768 if N A Minimum giy F 1381 Temperature 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 1 C 1 000 1 000 Minimum internal unit temperature Minimum Analog Inputs Minimum Auxiliary Analog 2 _ 1390 nput Value 1 Integer
151. additional alarm group for detecting impulsive transients on the voltage inputs The Impulsive Transient alarm operates differently than the other alarms yet it provides extensive information about impulsive transients in an electrical system The Impulsive Transient alarm does not prevent the use of any other alarms All alarm groups will function concurrently and can trigger concurrent data records Detection and capture of high speed transients are in the nanosecond to microsecond range with a total capture duration of up to 2 milliseconds Slower events can be recorded using the standard disturbance event capture capabilities of the meter There is only one alarm to configure to detect impulsive and oscillatory transients on the three phase voltage channels in the CM4000T circuit monitor The transient alarm is in Alarm Position 185 registers 13980 13999 Each transient that is detected forces an entry in the alarm log and forces a transient and disturbance waveform capture if waveform capture is enabled refer to Logging on page 101 and Waveform and Event Capture on page 107 for more information about alarm logs and disturbance captures The table below is an addendum to Table 6 4 on page 93 in this manual to include the transient alarm Table 11 2 Transient Alarm Type Description The impulsive transient voltage alarm will occur Impulsive Transient whenever the peak voltage is above the pickup Voltage setpoint a
152. ading Maximum i i Disp eaten 1 000 i SICH Are aland En eN 1568 1 Integer RO Y xx 0 001 100 to 100 quency PP Power Factor 32 768 if N A power Phase A 4 wire system only Maxi 7 Displacement 000 ireen ths feden arbre 1569 1 Integer RO Y xx 0 001 100 to 100 quency PP Power Factor 32 768 if N A Power Phase B pe Oe 4 wire system only Maxi z ee T enue 1570 1 Integer RO Y xx 0 001 100 to 100 quency PP Power Factor 32 768 if N A Power Phase C er 4 wire system only RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 202 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Became 1 000 Derived using only fundamental 1571 Power Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 100 to 100 frequency of the real and apparen power Total Derived using only fundamental Maximum frequency of the real and apparen Alternate 0 2 000 power 4 wire system only Reported 1572 Displacement 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 32 768 if N A value is mapped from 0 2000 w
153. ag C A Sag Vca 3 Volts D 090 14 Current Swell A Swell la 8 Amperes A 080 15 Current Swell B Swell Ib 9 Amperes A 080 16 Current Swell C Swell Ic 10 Amperes A 080 17 Current Swell N Swell In 11 Amperes B 080 18 Current Sag A Sag la 8 Amperes A 090 19 Current Sag B Sag Ib 9 Amperes A 090 20 Current Sag C Sag Ic 10 Amperes A 090 Digital 01 End of incremental energy interval End Inc Enr Int N A E 070 02 End of power demand interval End Power Dmd Int N A _ 070 03 End of 1 second update cycle End 1s Cyc N A 070 04 End of 100ms update cycle End 100ms Cyc N A 070 05 Power up Reset Pwr Up Reset N A 070 06 40 Reserved for custom alarms i _ Alarm Types are described in Table 6 4 on page 93 Table 6 4 Alarm Types Type Description Operation Standard Speed If the test register value exceeds the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register falls below the dropout setpoint long 91g OverValus Alarm enough to satisfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in seconds If the absolute value in the test register exceeds the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register falls below the dropout 011 Over Power Alarm setpoint long enough to satisfy the dropout dela
154. age 1330 Unbalance B C 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Minimum Voltage 1331 Unbalance C A 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Minimum Voltage Minimum percent Voltage Unbalance 1332 Unbalance Max 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Worst L L L L Depends on absolute value Minimum Voltage 0 1 000 1333 Unbalance A N 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Minimum Voltage 0 1 000 1334 Unbalance B N 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Minimum Voltage 0 1 000 1335 Unbalance C N 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Minimum Voltage Minimum percent Voltage Unbalance 2 0 1 000 Worst L N 1388 a at i Integer RO N xx Beers 32 768 if N A Depends on absolute value i 4 wire system only Minimum Power Minimum Real 32 767 32 767 Minimum Real Power PA 1340 Power Phase A f Integer RO V p kwiScale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 191 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale U
155. agnitude N G Integer RO Y E Volts Scale 0 32 767 32 768 if N A Maximum Voltage Fund Coincident Angle N G 1651 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 32 768 if N A Angle at the time of magnitude Maximum Referenced to A N Maximum Fundamental Power Maximum Fundamenta 4655 Real Power 1 Phase A nteger RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum Fundamenta 1656 Real Power Phase B nteger RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum Fundamenta Real Power Phase C 1657 1 nteger RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum 1658 Fundamental 1 Real Power Total nteger RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Maximum Fundamenta Reactive Power Phase A 1659 1 nteger RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum Fundamenta Reactive Power Phase B 1660 1 nteger RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum Fundamenta 1681 Reactive Power f Phase C nteger RO Y F kVAr Scale Maximum Fundamenta 1662 Reactive Power Total nteger RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 32 768 if N A 32 767 32 767 4 wire system only Maximum Distortion Power and Power Factort Maximum Distortion Power 1 Phase
156. ality Energy Power Demand Amp Demand Custom MIN MAX Amps Volts Frequency Power Power Factor THD VIEW ALARMS Active Alarms High Priority Alarms DIAGNOSTICS Meter Information CVM Information Read Write Regs Wiring Error Test Option Cards 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved e Read Write Regs on the Diagnostics Menu The default password is 0 Therefore when you receive a new circuit monitor the password for the Setup Diagnostics and Reset menu is 0 If you choose to set up passwords you can set up a different password for each of the four menus options listed above To set up a password follow these instructions ile 3 From the Main Menu select Setup The password prompt displays Select 0 the default password The Setup menu displays C SETUP Date amp Time Display Communi cati ons J Meter 7 g Alarm 1 0 Passwords CMPL Select Passwords The Passwords menu displays Table 3 7 describes the options LC e ipe Setup 0 Diagnostics 0 Engy Dmd Reset 0 Min Max Reset 0 31 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation Advanced Setup Features Creating Custom Quantities to be Displayed 32 12 2005 Table 3 7 Options for Password Setup Option Available Values Description Enter the password to be used
157. an also view the alarms in SMS The following procedure provides an overview of the steps to set up the circuit monitor for disturbance monitoring For detailed instructions see the SMS online help In SMS under Setup gt Devices Routing the Device Setup dialog box contains the tabs for setting up disturbance monitoring After you have performed basic set up of the circuit monitor perform three setup steps 1 Define the storage space for the alarm log waveform capture and any forced data logs using the Onboard Files tab in SMS This sets up the amount of circuit monitor memory that the logs and waveform capture will use Figure 9 3 Onboard Files tab Sea Batic Sop Orbowd Fist 0 Sehe Onboard Aluma Everis Select HOW pyieSene Chbewd Fics 10 Seke Ontos Alanna vents ata log the log will Log Fier save data og M z gi ou om funn rid a ou gm p Li xg a yera Define the size of cE the waveform or Wirewtoms 100m AMS Evert Caghse event capture F intei r Aa Feo Sanpier Cycle Dustan Secor a fe f 1 Pret wert Coc O Advanced lt J Adae WFC Memory Uriage Sumeey J O L Coe uan o 116 2 Associate an alarm with data logs and waveform event captures using the Onboard Alarms Events tab 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 UNDERSTANDING THE ALARM LOG 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000
158. and 9020 to enter into setup mode change the register and then issue 9021 to save your changes and exit setup mode Only one setup session is allowed at a time While in this mode if the circuit monitor detects more than two minutes of inactivity that is if you do not write any register values or press any buttons on the display the circuit monitor will timeout and restore the original configuration values All changes will be lost Also if the circuit monitor loses power or communications while in setup mode your changes will be lost The general procedure for changing configuration registers using the command interface is as follows 1 Issue command 9020 in register 8000 to enter into the setup mode 2 Make changes to the appropriate register by writing the new value to that register Perform register writes to all registers that you want to change For instructions on reading and writing registers see Reading and Writing Registers on page 48 3 To save the changes write the value 1 to register 8001 NOTE Writing any other value except 1 to register 8001 lets you exit setup mode without saving your changes 4 Issue command 9021 in register 8000 to initiate the save and reset the circuit monitor For example the procedure to change the demand interval for current is as follows Issue command code 9020 Write the new demand interval to register 1801 Write 1 to register 8001 Issue command code 9021 Puls
159. ased on a typical wiring system results may vary depending on your system and some errors may not apply to your system When the wiring test is run the program performs the following checks in this order 1 2 Verifies that the system type is one of those listed above Verifies that the frequency is within 5 of the frequency that you selected in circuit monitor set up Verifies that the voltage phase angles are 120 apart If the voltage connections are correct the phase angles will be 120 apart If the voltage connections are correct the test continues Verifies that the measured phase rotation is the same as the phase rotation set up in the circuit monitor Verifies the magnitude of the currents to see if there is enough load on each phase input to perform the check Indicates if the 3 phase real power kW total is negative which could indicate a wiring error Compares each current angle to its respective voltage When the circuit monitor detects a possible error you can find and correct the problem and then run the check again Repeat the procedure until no error messages are displayed To perform a wiring diagnostic test follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Diagnostics The Diagnostics menu displays CT DIAGNOSTICS Meter Information CVM Information Read Write Regs Wiring Error Test 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12
160. assifies the overvoltages for each phase voltage as follows Duration t microseconds 50 lt t lt 100 100 lt t lt 200 200 lt t lt 500 500 lt t lt 1000 1000 lt t lt 2000 Total 200 lt M lt 300 300 lt M lt 400 400 lt M lt 500 500 lt M lt 600 600 lt M lt 700 700 lt M lt 800 800 lt M lt 900 900 lt M lt 1000 M gt 1000 Total Circuit Monitor Operation with EN50160 Enabled Resetting Statistics Standard Alarms Allocated for Evaluations 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved You can configure the number of allowable number of events per week for each range of Magnitude in registers 3940 3949 Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled This section describes how circuit monitor operation is affected when EN50160 evaluation is enabled You can reset statistics for the EN50160 evaluations with the command 11100 A parameter value of 9999 will reset all items A timestamp is provided in registers for each item indicating when the last reset was performed This command is disabled when revenue security is active NOTE You should reset statistics when you enable EN50160 for the first time and also whenever you make any changes to the basic meter setup such as changing the nominal voltage See Setting Up EN50160 Evaluation on page 130 To accomplish some of the evaluations required and to pr
161. ast button gt Press the contrast button to darken or lighten the display On the LCD model press any button once to activate the back light This section explains a few conventions that were developed to streamline instructions in this chapter Figure 3 3 shows the parts of a menu Figure 3 3 Parts of a menu Menu D1 SPLAY Language Engl ish Date MM DD YYYY Ti me Format 2400hr l VFD Sensitivity 3 lt Value Menu Option Di splay Timer 1 Min Custom Quantity Custom Screen Each time you read select in this manual choose the option from the menu by doing this 1 Press the arrows to highlight the menu option 2 Press the enter button W to select that option To change a value the procedure is the same on every menu 1 Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the menu option you want to change 2 Press the enter button to select the value The value begins to blink 3 Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the possible values To select the new value press the enter button 4 Press the arrow buttons to move up and down the menu options You can change one value or all of the values on a menu To save the changes press the menu button i until the circuit monitor displays Save changes No NOTE Pressing the menu button while a value is blinking will return that value to its most current setting 5 Press the arrow to change to Ye
162. ata will be 8019 Data pointer 8022 placed 8022 1 Enable file 8023 0 FIFO 8024 30 Pre history 8025 300 Maximum per trigger 3 Write 7110 in register 8000 4 Write 1 in register 8001 5 Write 9021 in register 8000 Configuring the Alarms To trigger the Cycle by Cycle log you must also configure the alarms that trigger Cycle by Cycle RMS Event Recording To do so follow these steps Write 9020 in register 8000 Determine the Alarm Position Number 1 185 Calculate register numbers for the Datalog Specifier 10296 20 x Alarm Position Number Read the Datalog Specifier register value and add 8192 to this value Write the new Datalog Specifier value to the Datalog Specifier register Repeat steps 2 5 for other alarms that are to trigger the Cycle by Cycle log Write 1 in register 8001 Write 9021 in register 8000 NTON GO Ne o w 110 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 SETTING UP THE CIRCUIT MONITOR FOR AUTOMATIC EVENT CAPTURE Setting Up Alarm Triggered Event Capture Setting Up Input Triggered Event Capture WAVEFORM STORAGE 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 8 Waveform and Event Capture There are two ways to set up the circuit monitor for automatic event capture e Use an alarm to trigger the waveform capture e Use an external trigger such as a relay This section provides an overview
163. ate strategy for corrective action Circuit monitors use a sophisticated high speed sampling technique to simultaneously sample up to 512 samples per cycle on all current and voltage channels From this sampling the circuit monitor saves waveform data into its memory These waveform captures can be graphically displayed using SMS The circuit monitor has one type of waveform capture that you initiate manually the other three event captures are associated with and triggered by an event such as a digital input transition or over under condition These event recordings help you understand what happened during an electrical event Using event captures you can analyze power disturbances in detail identify potential problems and take corrective action See Disturbance Monitoring on page 113 for more about disturbance monitoring The types of event captures are described in the sections that follow The steady state waveform capture can be initiated manually to analyze steady state harmonics This waveform provides information about individual harmonics which SMS calculates through the 255th harmonic It also calculates total harmonic distortion THD and other power quality parameters The waveform capture records one cycle at 512 samples per cycle simultaneously on all metered channels Using SMS from a remote PC initiate a steady state waveform capture manually by selecting the circuit monitor and issuing the acquire command SMS will automatica
164. ay and the circuit monitor 138 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table 10 1 Troubleshooting continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 10 Maintenance and Troubleshooting The data being displayed is inaccurate or not what you expect Circuit monitor is grounded incorrectly Verify that the circuit monitor is grounded as described in Grounding the Circuit Monitor in the installation manual Incorrect setup values Check that the correct values have been entered for circuit monitor setup parameters CT and PT ratings System Type Nominal Frequency and so on See Setting Up the Metering Functions of the Circuit Monitor on page 17 for setup instructions Incorrect voltage inputs Check circuit monitor voltage input terminals 9 10 11 12 to verify that adequate voltage is present Circuit monitor is wired improperly Check that all CTs and PTs are connected correctly proper polarity is observed and that they are energized Check shorting terminals See Wiring CTs PTs and Control Power to the Circuit Monitor in the installation manual for wiring diagrams Initiate a wiring check from the circuit monitor display Cannot communicate with circuit monitor from a remote personal computer Circuit monitor address is incorrect Circuit monitor baud rate is incorrect Check to see that the circuit
165. cable to a communications port conditional energy energy accumulates only when a certain condition occurs control power provides power to the circuit monitor control power transformer CPT transformer to reduce control power voltage to the meter crest factor CF crest factor of voltage or current is the ratio of peak values to rms values current transformer CT current transformer for current inputs current unbalance percentage difference between each phase voltage with respect to the average of all phase currents current voltage module an interchangeable part of the circuit monitor where all metering data acquisition occurs default a value loaded into the circuit monitor at the factory that you can configure demand average value of a quantity such as power over a specified interval of time device address defines where the circuit monitor or other devices reside in the power monitoring system displacement power factor dPF cosine of the angle between the fundamental components of current and voltage which represents the time lag between fundamental voltage and current 217 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Glossary 218 12 2005 EN50160 a European standard that defines the quality of the voltage a customer can expect to receive from the electric utility Ethernet address a unique number that identifies the device in the Ether
166. ce characteristics to compare with equipment sensitivity Justify purchase of power conditioning equipment Distinguish between equipment failures and power system related problems e Develop disturbance prevention methods Develop solutions to voltage sensitivity based problems using actual data e Work with the utility Discuss protection practices with the serving utility and negotiate suitable changes to shorten the duration of potential sags reduce interruption time delays on protective devices Work with the utility to provide alternate stiffer services alternate design practices The circuit monitor calculates rms magnitudes based on 128 data points per cycle every 1 2 cycle This ensures that even sub cycle duration rms variations are not missed The circuit monitor is capable of measuring electromagnetic phenomena in a power system as defined in IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality IEEE Standard 1159 95 for the following categories e Short duration variations instantaneous momentary and temporary e Long duration variations e Voltage imbalance e Waveform distortion e Power frequency variations e Voltage transients 30 72 kHz When the circuit monitor detects a sag or swell it can perform the following actions Perform a waveform capture with a resolution up to 512 samples per cycle on all channels of the metered current and voltage inputs Three types of automa
167. ce Manual Chapter 3 Operation 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 A DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Turn off all power supplying the circuit monitor and the equipment in which it is installed before working on it Use a properly rated voltage testing device to verify that the power is off e Never short the secondary of a PT e Never open circuit a CT use the shorting block to short circuit the leads of the CT before removing the connection from the circuit monitor Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury 8 Correct the wiring errors 9 Repeat these steps until all errors are corrected Table 3 12 Wiring Error Messages Message Description Invalid system type The circuit monitor is set up for a system type that the wiring test does not support Frequency out of range Actual frequency of the system is not the same as the selected frequency configured for the circuit monitor Voltage not present on all phases Severe voltage unbalance present No voltage metered on one or more phases Voltage unbalance on any phase greater than 70 Not enough load to check wiring Metered current below deadband on one or more phases Suspected error Check meter configuration for direct connection Suspected error Reverse polarity on all current inputs Set up for voltage input should be No PT Check polarities Polarities on all CTs could b
168. ce waveform capture in a CM4000T be configured for 512 samples per cycle which is one data point every 32 us This maximizes the available data for analysis of the transient event Table 11 6 Disturbance Waveform Capture Maximum Duration for the Number of Samples Per Cycle Samples per Cycle Max Duration 16 715 cycles 32 357 cycles 64 178 cycles 128 89 cycles 256 44 cycles 512 22 cycles Table 11 7 Transient Waveform Capture Maximum Duration for the Number of Samples Per Cycle Samples per Cycle Max Duration 100 000 50 Hz system 2 millisecond 1 10 of a cycle 83 333 60 Hz system 2 millisecond 1 8 of a cycle 151 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T 12 2005 Transient Waveform Capture Example The following figure is an example of a transient waveform capture Below the figure is an explanation of the waveform capture Figure 11 1 Impulsive Transient Peak magnitude J peak volts Pickup setpoint rms Pickup setpoint rms Pickup delay Average Value volts Z Rise time 0 1 us E m YZ Duration of peak 0 1 us Volt seconds AREA AREA Duration The CM4000T provides analysis data for each transient captured Methods used to characterize transients include e Peak Voltage Energy AREA e Rise time e Duration Data provided by th
169. ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaes 142 Recording and Analyzing Data 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenneereneeees 142 Creating an Impulsive Transient Alarm cceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 143 Setting Up and Editing Transient Alarms ecceeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeaes 146 Impulsive Transient Logging eeseeeeseeeesseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeneeereneees 149 Transient Analysis Information eseeesseeeneeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeeesaeees 149 Writing Transient Register Values 200 eeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeneereneeeseneeeeeae 150 Transient Waveform Captures cececeesecesseeeeneeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeneeee 151 Transient Waveform Capture Example c cecceeseeeeeseteeeeeeeeeeees 152 PICK Ol iondan ot ponte Sis aie aid ete ee ere i tia ee 153 Minimum Requirement cceeeeseeesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeenaeeeseaeeeesneeereneeees 153 Standards cess teers sel eth wanna bee eh he Aol 153 How the Circuit Monitor Handles Flicker ecccesceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 153 Setting Up Flicker from the Display eccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaes 154 Viewing Flicker Readings ceeseeeeeseeeeeeneeteneeeeeneeeeeeneeseneeeensaeeeee 155 Viewing Flicker Data Web Pages eeesseeeseeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeneeeeee 155 Flicker Register List sissi cronni eyed cheese coe ee eel 155 APPENDIX A USING THE COMMAND Overview of the Command Interface cecceecceeseeeeeeteneeeeeeeeeeeteee
170. circuit monitor also records the status of up to 16 digital inputs that can be displayed along with the waveform capture This is configured by default The 100ms rms event capture gives you a different view of an event by recording 100ms data for the amount of time you specify Table 8 3 lists all the quantities captured This type of event capture is useful for analyzing what happened during a motor start or recloser operation because it shows a long event without using a significant amount of memory The circuit 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 8 Waveform and Event Capture monitor initiates the event capture automatically when an alarm condition occurs or an external device can also trigger the event capture You select the duration of the event recording up to 300 seconds and the number of pre event seconds 1 10 that the circuit monitor will capture Table 8 3 100ms rms Event Capture Quantities Current Per Phase Neutral Voltage Line to Neutral Per Phase Line to Line Per Phase Real Power a Per Phase 3 Phase Total Reactive Power Per Phase 3 Phase Total Apparent Power 3 Phase Total Power Factor True 3 Phase Total 4 wire systems only CYCLE BY CYCLE RMS EVENT The circuit monitor can initiate a Cycle by Cycle log capture automatically RECORDING when an alarm condition occurs An e
171. ck Demand Clock Clock Synchronized Block Demand RBlock Rolling Block Demand Block Fixed Block Demand IncEngy Synch to Incremental Energy Interval Pwr Dmd Int 1 60 Power demand interval set the time in minutes in which the circuit monitor 15 calculates the demand Pwr Dmd Sub Interval 1 60 Power demand subinterval period of time within the demand interval in which the N A Power Quality demand calculation is updated Set the subinterval only for methods that will accept a subinterval The subinterval must be evenly divisible into the interval See Using EN50160 Evaluation on page 119 for more information Advanced Setting Up Alarms See Advanced Meter Setup on page 39 in this chapter for more information This section describes how to set up alarms and create your own custom alarms For a detailed description of alarm capabilities see Alarms on page 83 The circuit monitor can detect over 100 alarm conditions such as over under conditions status input changes and phase unbalance conditions Some alarms are preconfigured and enabled at the factory See Factory Defaults in the installation manual for information about preconfigured alarms You can edit the parameters of any preconfigured alarm from the display For each alarm that you set up do the following e Select the alarm group that defines the type of alarm Standard speed alarms have a detection rate of one second and a
172. ct the position in which the I O is installed Then using the arrow keys select from the list which I O module is located in that position The individual I Os are described in Table 3 6 26 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Configuring I O Modules for the lOX 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Table 3 6 I O Descriptions 1 0 Name Description Digital I Os DI32DC 32 Vdc input 0 2ms turn on polarized DI120AC 120 Vac input DO120AC 120 Vac output DI240AC 240 Vac input DO60DC 60 Vdc output DO200DC 200 Vdc output DO240AC 240 Vac output Analog I Os Al05 0 to 5 Vdc analog input Al420 4 to 20 mA analog input A0420 4 to 20 mA analog output 8 Press the menu button until Save Changes No flashes on the display Select Yes with the arrow button then press the enter button to save the changes Follow the steps below to configure the inputs and outputs for the I O module you selected 1 From the Main Menu select Setup The password prompt displays 2 Select your password The default password is 0 The Setup menu displays SETUP Date amp Ti me Display Communi cations J Meter Alarm 17 0 Passwords 3 Select I O The I O menu displays A10 KYZ 1 0 Extender
173. cuit indication for Phase B volt seconds e Stress on the circuit indication for Phase C volt seconds e Transient categorization Magnitude 1 and Duration 1 e Transient categorization Magnitude 1 and Duration 2 e Transient categorization Magnitude 1 and Duration 3 e Transient categorization Magnitude 2 and Duration 1 e Transient categorization Magnitude 2 and Duration 2 e Transient categorization Magnitude 2 and Duration 3 e Transient categorization Magnitude 3 and Duration 1 e Transient categorization Magnitude 3 and Duration 2 e Transient categorization Magnitude 3 and Duration 3 NOTE Data log entries and adaptive waveform captures cannot be triggered by an impulsive transient event because transient occur too rapidly for these data capture tools to be effective However high speed alarms and sag swell alarms can still be configured to trigger if the transient event duration is within the detection criteria for the alarm To utilize all of the transient analysis features of the CM4000T you should configure the transient categorization magnitude and duration setpoints The CM4000T provides nine accumulators that evaluate each captured transient and assigns it to a category based on magnitude and duration For example a 480 V Wye system might have a Transient Alarm Threshold 149 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor C
174. d Register Listing eceeseeeesseeeseneeeeeneeeeeneeeensaeeeeeeeeneaeeees 180 GLOSSARY haat este Meet ae ceitiet eh ie Mighell ee Ade en es 217 INDEX ak teh at te en Ae ie oh Pe Pt a add ak 223 iv 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 1 Introduction CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION CIRCUIT MONITOR DESCRIPTION The circuit monitor is a multifunction digital instrumentation data acquisition and control device It can replace a variety of meters transducers and other components The circuit monitor can be located at the service entrance to monitor the cost and quality of power and it can be used to evaluate the utility service When located at equipment mains the circuit monitor can detect voltage based disturbances that cause costly equipment downtime Features in the meter also help users troubleshoot the source and location of these disturbances The circuit monitor is equipped with RS 485 and RS 232 communications for integration into any power monitoring and control system However the Powerlogic System Manager Software SMS written specifically for power monitoring and control best supports the circuit monitor s advanced features The circuit monitor is a true rms meter capable of exceptionally accurate measurement of highly nonlinear loads A sophisticated sampling technique enables accurate true rms measurement
175. d time format that you want to be displayed To set up the display follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Display When prompted for a password press the arrow buttons to enter the password default is 0 and then press the enter button See Setting Up Passwords on page 31 for more information The Display Setup menu displays Table 3 1 describes the options on this menu C J DISPLAY Language English Date MM DD YYYY Time Format AM PM VFD Sensitivity 2 Display Timer 5 Min Custom Quantity Custom Screen Press the arrow buttons to scroll to the menu option you want to change Press the enter button to select the value The value begins to blink Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the available values Then press the enter button to select the new value Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the other options on the menu or if you are finished press the menu button to save Table 3 1 Factory Defaults for the Display Settings Option Available Values Selection Description Default Language English Language used by the display English Francais Languages other Espanol than English require Polski a language library Italiano file Date MM DD YYYY Data format for all date related values of the circuit MM DD YYYY YYYY MM DD monitor DD MM YYYY 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 11 PowerLogic Circuit Monit
176. detect an alarm If we continue using Figure 6 4 as an example and choose to alarm only on the severe cases as shown in waveshapes C and D then the threshold value would be set to around 25 The upper limit defines the highest waveshape value that will trigger a waveshape alarm When the upper limit is reached values beyond that will not trigger the waveshape alarm Values above the upper limit are expected to be detected by other alarms set up by the user 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Using Waveshape Alarms 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 6 Alarms You can set the upper limit to any whole integer in the range from 1 100 No units are associated with this value The factory default value of the upper limit is 100 In summary values that fall between the threshold and upper limit will trigger a waveshape alarm Since we set the threshold to 25 in this example then the upper limit would be set to around 60 These setpoints would trigger alarms for waveshapes C and D but not for waveshapes A and B To use the waveshape alarm feature you need to determine the threshold and upper limit for your system NOTE For setup of waveshape alarms in SMS refer to the online SMS help file For setup from the display follow these steps 1 Set up a waveshape alarm using the default setting of 100 Select Set
177. e 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 6 Alarms CHAPTER 6 ALARMS ABOUT ALARMS The circuit monitor can detect over 100 alarm conditions including over or under conditions digital input changes phase unbalance conditions and more It also maintains a counter for each alarm to keep track of the total number of occurrences A complete list of default alarm configurations are described in Table 6 3 on page 91 In addition you can set up your own custom alarms and set up relays to operate on alarm conditions When one or more alarm conditions are true the circuit monitor will execute a task automatically Using SMS or the display you can set up each alarm condition to perform these tasks e Force data log entries in up to 14 user defined data log files See Logging on page 101 for more about data logging e Perform event captures See Waveform and Event Capture on page 107 for more about event recording e Operate relays Using SMS you can assign one or more relays to operate when an alarm condition is true See the SMS online help for more about this topic Alarms Groups Whether you are using a default alarm or creating a custom alarm you first choose the alarm group that is appropriate for the application Each alarm condition is assigned to one of these alarm groups e Standard Standard alarms have a detection rat
178. e How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 215 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing 12 2005 216 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 GLOSSARY 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Glossary accumulated energy energy can accumulate in either signed or unsigned absolute mode In signed mode the direction of power flow is considered and the accumulated energy magnitude may increase and decrease In absolute mode energy accumulates as a positive regardless of the power flow direction address see device address See also Ethernet address ANSI American National Standards Institute baud rate specifies how fast data is transmitted across a network port block interval demand power demand calculation method for a block of time and includes three ways to apply calculating to that block of time using the sliding block fixed block or rolling block method coincident readings two readings that are recorded at the same time command interface used to issue commands such as reset commands and to manually operate relays contained in registers 8000 8149 communications link a chain of devices such as circuit monitors and power meters that are connected by a communications
179. e a custom screen was created for monthly energy cost Lid Monthly Energy Cost Dollars 8632 Press the arrow button to view the next custom screen Press the menu button to exit and return to the Meters Menu The Advanced option on the Meter Setup screen lets you perform miscellaneous advanced setup functions on the metering portion of the circuit monitor For example on this menu you can change the phase rotation or the VAR sign convention The advanced options are described below 1 From the Main Menu select Setup The password prompt displays 2 Select your password The default password is 0 The Setup menu displays C ee UP Date amp Ti me Display C Meter Alarm 1 0 Passwords CMPL 39 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation 3 Select Meter The Meter screen displays METER gt CT Primary 5 CT Secondary 5 l N CT Primary S N CT Secondary 5 PT Pri Scale x1 PT Primary 120 PT Secondary 120 Sys Type 304 W3 CT Frequency Hz 60 Pwr Dmd Meth Slide Pwr Dmd Int 15 Pwr Dmd Sub Int 1 Power Quality Advanced 4 Scroll to the bottom of the list and select Advanced 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 The Advanced Meter Setup screen displays Table 3 10 describes the options on this menu Ld ADVANCED METER SETUP gt Phase Rotation ABC Incr Energy Int 60
180. e CM4000T facilitates analysis using each of these methods The meter reports a pickup date time rise time duration of the peak peak magnitude and average voltage of the transient The CM4000T also provides an accumulated value per phase captured to indicate the severity of the transients in volt seconds For example Figure 11 1 illustrates an impulsive transient The average voltage of the impulsive transient is calculated by taking the AREA which includes the product of the voltage and duration within the transient curve bound by the threshold pickup and drop out setpoints and dividing it by the duration of the peak 152 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 FLICKER Minimum Requirements Standards How the Circuit Monitor Handles Flicker 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T Using the transient module CVMT of a circuit monitor you can detect and measure the modulation of electric light called flicker Under certain conditions some individuals eyes are sensitive to flicker Flicker occurs when electric light fluctuates because of variation in line voltage at certain frequencies Interaction among varying loads and impedance of the electrical distribution system contribute to the line voltage variation that produces flicker Flicker can be a problem in a work env
181. e Default Quantities Quantity Type Quantity Label Current Current A la Current B Ib Current C Ic Current N In Current G Ig Current Average Avg Voltage Voltage A B Vab Voltage B C Vbc Voltage C A Vea Voltage L L Average V L L Avg Voltage A N Van Voltage B N Vbn Voltage C N Ven Voltage L N Average V L N Avg Frequency Frequency Freq Power Factor Power Factor Total PF Total Displacement Power Factor Total Dis PF Tot Power Real Power Total kW Total Reactive Power Total kVAR Total Apparent Power Total kVA Total THD THD Current A THD la THD Current B THD Ib THD Current C THD Ic THD Current N THD In THD Voltage A N THD Van THD Voltage B N THD Vbn THD Voltage C N THD Ven THD Voltage A B THD Vab 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 37 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation 38 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table 3 9 Available Default Quantities continued Quantity Type Quantity Label THD Voltage B C THD Vbc THD Voltage C A THD Vca Energy Real Energy Total kWHT Tot Reactive Energy Total kVARHr Tot Apparent Energy Total kVAHr Tot Demand Demand Current Average Dmd Avg Demand Current A Dmd la Demand Current B Dmd Ib Demand Current C Dmd Ic Demand Current N Dmd In Demand Voltage A N Dmd Van Demand Vol
182. e Main Menu select I O Display The I O Display screen displays ATO DISPLAY gt Digital Inputs Analog Inputs Digital Outputs Analog Outputs 2 Select the input or output for which you d like to view the status In this example we selected Digital Outputs to display the status of the KYZ output DIGITAL OUTPUTS KYZ OFF 3 Press the menu button to exit The firmware has been updated to allow additional presentation units for harmonic magnitudes See Table 3 on page 165 for register 3241 ammendments 47 48 Chapter 3 Operation PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual READING AND WRITING REGISTERS Figure 3 13 Diagnostics Menu MAIN MENU Meters Min Max View Alarms I O Display Resets Setup Diagnostics CMPL accessed from the Main Menu 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 You can access the read and write register menu option on the circuit monitor s display by selecting from the Main Menu gt Diagnostics gt Read Write Regs as shown in Figure 3 13 This option lets you read and write circuit monitor registers from the display This capability is most useful to users who need to set up an advanced feature which is beyond the circuit monitor s normal front panel setup mode do not have access to SMS to set up the feature METERS Summary Power Power Quality Energy Power Demand Current D
183. e alarm in the list of active alarms See Viewing Active Alarms on page 46 for more about active alarms Performs any assigned action The action could be one of the following Operate one or more relays you can view the status from the display Force data log entries into the user defined data log files 1 14 data logs can be viewed from SMS Perform a waveform capture can be viewed from SMS Records the occurrence of high medium and low priority events in the circuit monitor s alarm log can be viewed using SMS Also the LED and alarm messages will operate according to the priority selected when an alarm occurs 45 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation 12 2005 Viewing Active Alarms The Active Alarms List displays currently active alarms regardless of their priority You can view all active alarms from the Main Menu by selecting View Alarms gt Active Alarms List The Active Alarms list displays Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the alarms that are active Alarm Number Total Lid Alarms Active ACTIVE ALARMS LIST UN Alarm Name Over Van 4 Prioriky Hi gh a Alarm Priority Relay assigned Noy Indicates whether a relay is assigned Viewing and Acknowledging High To view high priority alarms from the Main Menu select View Alarms gt Priority Alarms High Priority Log The High Priority Log screen dis
184. e and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 201 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Maximum A 1549 Apparent Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 Maximum Apparent Power SB Phase B 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum A 1550 Apparent Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVA Scale separ aerO i MAXIMUM Apparent POWSI SG Phase C 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Maximum 4 wire system SA SB SC 1551 Apparent Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase apparent Total power Maximum Power Factor Maximum True 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1560 Power Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power 4 Phase A 32 768 if N A wire system only Maximum True 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1561 Power Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power 4 Phase B 32 768 if N A wire system only Maximum True 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1562 Power Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power 4 Phase C
185. e for phase A over the last hour and the average voltage for phase A over the last hour All 23 values are preconfigured with a default interval of 60 minutes but you can reset the interval from 1 to 1440 minutes To setup view and reset the Min Max Average log using SMS see Reading and Writing Registers in the SMS online help The following values are logged into the Min Max Average log e Voltage Phase A B e Voltage Phase B C Voltage Phase C A Voltage N G e Current Phase A e Current Phase B e Current Phase C e Current Phase N e Current Phase G e kW 3 Phase Average e kVAR 3 Phase Average e kVA 3 Phase Average e kW Demand 3 Phase Average e kVAR Demand 3 Phase Average e kVA Demand 3 Phase Average e THD Voltage A N e THD Voltage B N e THD Voltage C N THD Voltage A B e THD Voltage B C e THD Voltage C A True Power Factor 3 Phase Total e Displacement Power Factor 3 Phase Total 103 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 7 Logging Interval Min Max Average Log Storage MAINTENANCE LOG 12 2005 When determining storage space among the logs consider that storage space is affected by how often the circuit monitor is logging min max average values and how many entries are stored The circuit monitor stores a maintenance log in nonvolatile memory Table 7 1 describes the values stored in the maintenance log These values are cumulative over the l
186. e functions Reverse Power Pickup and dropout setpoints are entered in kilowatts or KVARS The reverse power alarm occurs when the power flows in a negative direction and remains at or below the negative pickup value for the specified pickup delay in seconds The alarm clears when the power reading remains above the dropout setpoint for the specified dropout delay in seconds Phase Reversal Pickup and dropout setpoints and delays do not apply to phase reversal The phase reversal alarm occurs when the phase voltage rotation differs from the default phase rotation The circuit monitor assumes that an ABC phase rotation is normal If a CBA phase rotation is normal the user must change the circuit monitor s phase rotation from ABC default to CBA To change the phase rotation from the display from the main menu select 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 6 Alarms Setup gt Meter gt Advanced For more information about changing the phase rotation setting of the circuit monitor refer to Advanced Meter Setup on page 39 SCALE FACTORS A scale factor is the multiplier expressed as a power of 10 For example a multiplier of 10 is represented as a scale factor of 1 since 10 10 a multiplier of 100 is represented as a scale factor of 2 since 107 100 This allows you to make larger values fit into the register Normally you
187. e initiator This is called a 2 wire pulse initiator application Figure 5 3 shows a pulse train from a 2 wire pulse initiator application In a 2 wire application the pulse train looks like the alternating open and closed states of a Form A contact Most 2 wire pulse initiator applications use a Form C contact but tie into only one side of the Form C contact where the pulse is the transition from OFF to ON of that side of the Form C relay In Figure 5 3 the transitions are marked as 1 and 2 Each transition represents the time when the relay transitions from KZ to KY Each time the relay transitions the receiver counts a pulse The circuit monitor can deliver up to 25 pulses per second in a 2 wire application Figure 5 3 Two wire pulse train ye e e n e ket eo et o eo ze e e el e 1 2 3 KZ Some applications require the use of all three wires provided with the KYZ pulse initiator This is called a 3 wire pulse initiator application Figure 5 4 shows a pulse train for a 3 wire pulse initiator application Three wire KYZ pulses are the transitions between KY and KZ These transitions are the alternate contact closures of a Form C contact In Figure 5 4 the transitions are marked as 1 2 3 and 4 The receiver counts a pulse at each transition That is each time the Form C contact changes state from KY to KZ or from KZ to KY the receiver counts a pulse The circuit monitor can deliver u
188. e of 1 second and are useful for detecting conditions such as over current and under voltage Up to 80 alarms can be set up in this alarm group e High Speed High speed alarms have a detection rate of 100 milliseconds and are useful for detecting voltage sags and swells lasting only a few cycles Up to 20 alarms can be set up in this group e Disturbance Disturbance alarms have a detection rate one cycle and are useful for detecting voltage sags and swells Up to 20 alarms can be set up in this group See Disturbance Monitoring on page 113 for more about disturbance monitoring Digital Digital alarms are triggered by an exception such as the transition of a digital input or the end of an incremental energy interval Up to 40 alarms can be set up in this group Boolean Boolean alarms use Boolean logic to combine up to four enabled alarms You can choose from the Boolean logic operands AND NAND OR NOR or XOR to combine your alarms Up to 15 alarms can be set up in this group Waveshape Waveshape alarms identify abnormalities by comparing present waveforms to preceding waveforms See Waveshape Alarm on page 97 for more information on this alarm group Use either SMS or the display to set up any of the alarms 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 83 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 6 Alarms 12 2005 Setpoint Driven Alarms Many of the alarm conditions requi
189. e reversed Phase rotation does not match meter setup Metered phase rotation is different than phase rotation selected in the circuit monitor set up Negative kW check CT amp VT polarities Metered kW is negative which could indicate swapped polarities on any CT or VT No voltage metered on V1 n No voltage metered on V1 n on 4 wire system only No voltage metered on V2 n No voltage metered on V3 n No voltage metered on V2 n on 4 wire system only No voltage metered on V3 n on 4 wire system only No voltage metered on V1 2 No voltage metered on V1 2 No voltage metered on V2 3 No voltage metered on V3 1 No voltage metered on V2 3 No voltage metered on V3 1 V2 n phase angle out of range V2 n phase angle out of expected range V3 n phase angle out of range V2 3 phase angle out of range V3 n phase angle out of expected range V2 3 phase angle out of expected range V3 1 phase angle out of range V3 1 phase angle out of expected range Suspected error Reverse polarity on V2 n VT Polarity of V2 n VT could be reversed Check polarity Suspected error Reverse polarity on V3 n VT Polarity of V3 n VT could be reversed Check polarity Suspected error Reverse polarity on V2 3 VT Polarity of V2 3 VT could be reversed Check polarity Suspected error Polarity on V3 1 VT Suspected error Check V1 input may be V2 VT Polarity of V3 1 VT could be rev
190. e switching of loads at a customer s installation Supply voltage dips are under voltage events that last from 10 ms to 1 minute Magnitudes are the minimum rms values during the event Disturbance alarms are used to detect events lt 11 seconds The register based disturbance event log is used to capture the events Standard speed 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring undervoltage alarms are used to detect events having a duration greater than 11 seconds The register based event log is used to capture the events The EN50160 function watches these logs for new entries and classifies these events The standard does not specifically address how to classify supply voltage dips or how many are allowable The circuit monitor detects and classifies the dips for each phase voltage as follows Duration t seconds Depth D Nominal oer lt an eo t lt es lt ae lt op telata aeiio ioi lt 20 a lt ee lt Total 10 lt D lt 15 15 lt D lt 30 30 lt D lt 45 45 lt D lt 60 60 lt D lt 75 75 lt D lt 90 90 lt D lt 99 Total You can configure the number of allowable events per week for each range of Depth in registers 3920 3927 Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled Detection of Interruptions of the Supply voltage The standard defines an
191. e with anti aliasing CVM42 Circuit Monitor Transient CM4900T CM4000TMG Current Voltage Mudule Transient CVMT VFD Display with infrared IR port and proximity sensor caine CMDVFMG LCD Display GMDSS CMDLCMG Optical Communications Interface for use with the VFD display only OCIVF 1 0 Extender Module with no preinstalled I Os accepts up to 8 individual I O modules with a maximum of 4 analog I Os IOX with 4 digital inputs 32 Vdc 2 digital outputs 60 Vdc 10X2411 1 analog output 4 20 mA and 1 analog input 0 5 Vdc with 4 analog inputs 4 20 mA and 4 digital inputs 120 Vac Vdc 10X0404 For parts list of individual inputs and outputs see Table 5 1 in the reference manual 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1 2 Circuit Monitor Parts Accessories and Custom Cables continued Description Part Number with 8 digital inputs 120 Vac Vdc 10X08 Digital 1 O Card 10C44 Field installable with 4 digital inputs 120 Vac 3 10 A relay outputs 20 138 Vac Vdc 1 pulse output KYZ Ethernet Communications Card with ECG21 100 Mbps fiber or 10 100 Mbps UTP Ethernet port and 1 RS 485 master port Memory Expansion Kit 32 MB kit CM4MEM32M CM4 Mounting Adapters CM4MA 4 ft display cable 1 2 m CAB 4 12 ft display cable 3 6 m CAB 12 30 ft display cable
192. econd real time readings 55 operation green control power LED 138 of circuit monitor 7 problems with the circuit monitor 138 problems with the display 138 using the command interface 157 outputs analog 81 mechanical relays 77 options 71 overvoltage alarm type 87 P parity set up 13 peak demand calculation 64 peak voltage 141 phase loss alarm type for current 88 alarm type for voltage 88 phase reversal alarm type 88 phase rotation changing 40 pickup value 148 pickups and dropouts scale factors 89 setpoints 84 using to create alarm levels 86 PLC synchronizing demand with 62 polarity values 141 power analysis values 68 70 power demand calculation method see demand calculation method 19 power factor 69 register format 178 storage of 178 power quality problems 113 predicted demand calculation 63 priority 148 problems see troubleshooting 138 protocols register addressing convention 177 pulse initiator applications 78 2 wire 79 3 wire 79 pulse weight 65 consumption 65 demand 65 pulses counting pulses with KYZ 79 Q quantities 32 creating demand profile using generic demand 64 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 used in alarm levels 85 R reactive power var sign convention 58 recloser sequence capturing with waveforms 108 recording data in logs 101 103 events 107 events in the event log 116 events using 100ms event recording 108 sag swell data 1
193. ecord longer events that cannot be recorded with the disturbance waveform capture For example using the adaptive waveform capture you could get a detailed view of an entire recloser sequence Each time a sag or swell is detected the circuit monitor triggers the waveform capture The circuit monitor initiates an adaptive waveform capture automatically when an alarm condition occurs or the waveform capture can also be triggered by an external device such as a protective relay The unique feature of the adaptive waveform capture is that it can be enabled to stop recording at the dropout of the alarm which allows you to capture data while the alarm is true You can also initiate this waveform capture at any time In SMS for the adaptive waveform capture you select the sample rate and how many seconds of the event the circuit monitor will capture see Table 8 2 You can also select how many channels to record Selecting fewer channels lets you record more seconds Table 8 2 Available Resolutions for Adaptive Waveform Captures Samples per Cycle Max Duration Resolution with per phase current and voltage channels 16 88 seconds 32 44 seconds 64 22 seconds 128 11 seconds 256 5 seconds 512 2 seconds Choose fewer samples per cycle when you want to see more total seconds choose fewer channels to see a longer duration See the SMS online help for instructions on setting up adaptive waveform captures NOTE The
194. eeds the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register falls below the dropout setpoint long enough to satisfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in hundreds of milliseconds 011 Over Power Alarm If the absolute value in the test register exceeds the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register falls below the dropout setpoint long enough to satisfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in hundreds of milliseconds 012 Over Reverse Power Alarm If the absolute value in the test register exceeds the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register falls below the dropout setpoint long enough to satisfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout This alarm will only hold true for reverse power conditions Positive power values will not cause the alarm to occur Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in hundreds of milliseconds 94 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table 6 4 Type Alarm Types Description PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 6 Alarms
195. eeeeeaes 157 INTERFACE fssuirig COINS 2 524 ie inepe at eater Laat rhe oats 158 VO Point NUMPES sisirin iarna eee ade dene dens eee cede siete dart e ai eais 160 Operating Outputs from the Command Interface ccsscceeeeeeeetreeees 162 Using the Command Interface to Change Configuration Registers 162 Conditional Energy EAA E E EE shee 163 Command Interface Control eeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesseeseaeeeeeeeaas 163 Digital Input Control Aieri eee als 163 Incremental Energy snieni eects di te 164 Using Incremental Energy eceeesseeesseeeeeneeeeeeneeeeneeeeenaeeeseeeeesaees 164 Setting Up Individual Harmonic Calculations ccceeeeeseeeeeteeeeeeeeees 165 Changing Scale Factors cccceccseceesesseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeseeeesieeeneeeaes 165 APPENDIX B SPECIFICATIONS CM4250 Specifications eeeeeeceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeaeesaeeeaeeeeaeeeas 167 CM4000T Specifications 0 eeeceeeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesaeeseeeenetaas 170 CM4000 Specifications 00 eee eeeceseeeeeseeeteeteeeceaeesseeeeaeeeaeeesaeeeaeeesaeeeas 173 APPENDIX C ABBREVIATED REGISTER About Registe fS cceann eaae KEANE EEA REEN 177 LISTING How Power Factor is Stored in the Register c cscscssecsesseseseeeeeeee 178 How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers cccceeceeceeseeteeeeeeeees 178 How Energy Values Are Stored in Registers ecceseeseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 179 Abbreviate
196. ees 39 Resetting Min Max Demand and Energy Values scce 41 Viewing Metered Data ei eeeseeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeteeeeeseneeeeseneeeeeaeeeenaeeeseateeeaas 42 Viewing Metered Data from the Meters Menu ccsssceeeeeeeetees 43 Viewing Minimum and Maximum Values from the Min Max Menu 43 Viewing Alarms ste cc5 ciceeeeseceinid uat ea ates eg cece a E aas 45 Viewing Active Alarm cceeesceeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeereeeeeeaeeseeaeeeseaeeeseneeeeaaes 46 Viewing and Acknowledging High Priority Alarms aese 46 Viewing I O Status inie aiena hieihie di nine ieee eis 47 Harmonie Vales sesan cate e a a e a iis 47 Reading and Writing Registers as sessssseesrissriesriierirerrresrinseirnerirnerrnerrnns 48 Performing a Wiring Error Test eeeeeseeeeneeeseneeeesneeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeenteeee 49 Running the Diagnostics Wiring Error Test cccecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 50 I POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Table of Contents 12 2005 CHAPTER 4 METERING CAPABILITIES Real Time ReadingS 03 42 05 ctied taciecdtevestetentecneditevc cess decieeeidaetatbenseloe 55 Min Max Values for Real Time Readings eeseesseeeeeseeeeenreeeeneeeenaees 56 Power Factor Min Max Conventions ccceecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeneeees 57 VAR Sign ConventiOns ccceeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeseaeeeaeeeaeeseaeeeaeeeeeteeeeeaeetaeee 58 Demand Readings viir iskisi a a aA a a aa i 5
197. elect from 1 to 60 minutes Options that apply to all alarms in a learning period are Action when finished learning e Duration of learning period Stop learning if no setpoint change after Deadband percentage e Interval to update dynamic setpoints Learning is complete when one of the following two time periods has expired e Duration of learning period e Stop earning if no setpoint change after Notes Alearning period can include several quantities The period is not complete until learning is complete for all quantities selected for learning e Ifyou add an alarm to a learning period the elapsed time for that learning period is reset 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Creating a New Custom Alarm 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation In addition to editing an alarm you can also create new custom alarms by performing these steps i 2 3 Create the custom alarm Set up the new alarm Enable the new alarm The recommended sequence is to set up the alarm and save the settings while the alarm is disabled Then go back into setup to enable the alarm To use custom alarms you must first create a custom alarm and then set up the alarm to be used by the circuit monitor Creating an alarm defines information about the alarm including Alarm group standard high speed di
198. emand Custom NOTE Use this feature with caution Writing an incorrect value or writing to the wrong register could affect the intended operation of the circuit monitor or its accessories To read or write registers follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Diagnostics MIN MAX Current Voltage Frequency Power Power Factor thd The Diagnostics menu displays C DI AGNOSTI CS Meter Information VIEW ALARMS Active Alarms List High Priority Log 1 O DISPLAY Digital Inputs Analog Inputs Digital Outputs Analog Outputs RESETS Energy Demand Min Max Meter Init CVM Information Read Write Regs Wiring Error Test Select Read Write Regs The password prompt displays Select your password The default password is 0 The Read Write Regs screen displays Table 3 11 describes the options on this screen OC READ WRITE REGS SETUP Display Reg 1003 Hex 000A Dec 10 i Communications Meter Alarm VO Passwords DIAGNOSTICS Meter Information CVM Information gt Read Write Regs Wiring Error Test Option Cards Table 3 11 Read Write Register Options Option Available Values Reg List the register numbers Hex List the hexidecimal value of that register Dec List the decimal value of that register If you are viewing a metered value such as voltage
199. eneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeteaeseeetiatens 1 Accessories and Options for the Circuit Monitor ccccceeseeeees 1 Features E E E ee ote lel i eee ot 3 Topics Not Covered in This Bulletin cccccceeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeesenseessaes 4 Before YOu Begin ciscisindtecsigsidehcsuicadcesepeghadeevsatiaasciceneitsdecsasessuseseaseeeatiseisess 5 Operating the Display s es icine aeaaea niaaa aea Eei Enaaak sanea 7 Viewing the Screen ceceesceesceseeeceneesseeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeaeeeaeeseaeeeaeeseaeeeaeeeneeeeaees 7 How the Buttons Work a ssaassaesernseneirercnnnennnnrnnncnunnssnnnnnrnnnannnnareannnnnnnna 7 Display Menu Conventions cecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereteaeeeaeeeseeeeaeeeeeeenaeees 8 Selecting a Menu Option ce eeceeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeaeesseeeeaeeeaes 8 Changing a Valte enr aanraai AN 8 Cycling Screens on the Display cecceeseesceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneees 9 Main Menu Overview ceeececeeeseeseeceeeeeseeeseeeeaeeeaeeseaeesaeeteessaeeseeesnaeeeaees 10 Configuring the Circuit Monitor using the Setup Menu s 11 Setting Up the Display rirerire na a ois 11 Setting Up the Communications cccscceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeesaees 12 Setting the Device Address ccccccessceeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeesneeetsneeessaes 12 RS 485 RS 232 and Infrared Port Communications Setup 12 Ethernet Communications Card ECC Setup eeeeeeeeeseeeeeees
200. er RO Y F kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase apparent Total power Minimum Power Factor Minimum True 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1360 Power Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power Phase A 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum True 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1361 Power Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power Phase B 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum True 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1362 Power Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power Phase C 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum True A z 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1363 POAT Factor f Integer RO Y XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power Derived using the complete harmonic Minimum content of real and apparent power 4 Aliernaie True 0 2 000 wire system only Reported value is 1364 P F ioi 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 32 768 if N A mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Pnad Ai or representing unity values below 1000 aoe representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic Minimum content of real and apparent power 4 Alt te Ti 0 2 000 wire system only Reported value is 1365 Poer Factor 1 Integer RO Y xx 0 001 32 768 if N A MaPPed from 0 2000 with 1000 Brace BS z 4 representing unity values
201. erform any of the demand calculation methods described earlier in this chapter on up to 20 quantities that you choose In SMS the quantities are divided into two groups of 10 so you can set up two different demand profiles For each profile you do the following in SMS Select the demand calculation method thermal block interval or synchronized Select the demand interval from 5 60 minutes in 1 minute increments and select the demand subinterval if applicable Select the quantities on which to perform the demand calculation You must also select the units and scale factor for each quantity Use the Device Setup gt Basic Setup tab in SMS to create the generic demand profiles For example you might set up a profile to calculate the 15 minute average value of an analog input To do this select a fixed block demand interval with a 15 minute interval for the analog input For each quantity in the demand profile the circuit monitor stores four values e Partial interval demand value e Last completed demand interval value e Minimum values date and time for each is also stored e Peak demand value date and time for each is also stored You can reset the minimum and peak values of the quantities in a generic demand profile by using one of two methods e Use SMS see the SMS online help file or e Use the command interface Command 5115 resets the generic demand profile 1 Command 5116 resets the generic de
202. ers for a 8001 8015 command Commands can have up to 15 parameters associated with them Status pointer to the user area The status of the last command 8017 A a processed is placed in this register Results pointer to the user area When an error occurs the error 8018 2 pee code is placed in this register 8019 I O data pointer to the user area Use this register to point to data buffer registers where you can send additional data or return data These registers are for you the user to write information Depending on which pointer places the information in the register the register can contain status from pointer 8017 results from 3020 8149 pointer 8018 or data from pointer 8019 The registers will contain information such as whether the function is enabled or disabled set to fill and hold start and stop times logging intervals and so forth By default return data will start at 8020 unless you specify otherwise When registers 8017 8019 are set to zero no values are returned When any or all of these registers contain a value the value in the register points to a target register which contains the status error code or I O data depending on the command when the command is executed Figure A 1 shows how these registers work NOTE You determine the register location where results will be written Therefore take care when assigning register values in the pointer registers values may be corrupted when
203. ersed Check polarity Phase 2 VT may actually be connected to input V1 Suspected error Check V2 input may be V3 VT Phase 3 VT may actually be connected to input V12 Suspected error Check V3 input may be V1 VT 52 Phase 1 VT may actually be connected to input V3 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table 3 12 Wiring Error Messages continued Message PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Description Suspected error Check V1 input may be V3 VT Phase 3 VT may actually be connected to input V1 Suspected error Check V2 input may be V1 VT Phase 1 VT may actually be connected to input V2 Suspected error Check V3 input may be V2 VT Phase 2 VT may actually be connected to input V3 11 load current less than 1 CT Metered current on I1 less than 1 of CT Test could not continue 12 load current less than 1 CT Metered current on 12 less than 1 of CT Test could not continue 13 load current less than 1 CT Metered current on I3 less than 1 of CT Test could not continue l1 phase angle out of range Cause of error unknown 11 phase angle is out of expected range Cause of error unable to be determined I2 phase angle out of range Cause of error unknown I2 phase angle is out of expected range Cause of error unable to be determined I3 phase angle out of range Cause
204. es a minimum value When the input current is below the lowest valid reading the circuit monitor reports the lower limit e Report Range Upper Limit the value the circuit monitor reports when the input reaches the maximum value When the input current is above highest valid reading the circuit monitor reports the upper limit For instructions on setting up analog inputs in SMS see device set up of the circuit monitor in the SMS online help 73 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities Analog Input Example 74 12 2005 Figure 5 2 shows an analog input example In this example the analog input has been configured as follows Upper Limit 500 Lower Limit 100 Units psi Table 5 2 shows circuit monitor readings at various input currents Table 5 2 Sample register readings for analog inputs Input Current mA Circuit Monitor Reading psi 3 invalid 100 4 100 8 200 10 250 20 500 21 invalid 500 Figure 5 2 Analog input example Circuit Monitor Reading Upper so0psi L Limit i I I I I I I I I I I Lower 100 psi Limit l I Input Current 4 mA 20 mA Minimum Maximum Input Current Input Current 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 RELAY OUTPUT OPERATING MODES 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
205. es are used for 60 Hz systems EN50160 states that under normal operating conditions excluding situations arising from faults or voltage interruptions e during each period of one week 95 of the ten minute mean rms values of the supply voltage shall be within the range of U 10 e all ten minute mean rms values of the supply voltage shall be within the range of Un 10 to 15 EN50160 states that under normal operating conditions in any period of one week the long term flicker severity caused by voltage fluctuation should be P lt 1 for 95 of the time This feature is available only in the CM4000T model BS EN 50160 2000 Voltage characteristics of electricity supplied by public distribution systems BSi 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Supply Voltage Unbalance Harmonic Voltage PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring EN50160 states that under normal operating conditions during each period of one week 95 of the ten minute mean rms values of the negative phase sequence component of the supply voltage shall be within the range 0 2 of the positive phase sequence component EN50160 states that under normal operating conditions during each period of one week 95 of the ten minute mean rms values of each individual harmonic voltage shall be less than or equal to the value given in Table 9 2 Additionally the THD of the supp
206. es the VAR sign convention defined by IEEE and the default used by previous model circuit monitors CM1 For instructions on changing the VAR sign convention refer to Advanced Meter Setup on page 39 Figure 4 2 Reactive Power VAR sign convention lt Reverse Power Flow watts negative vars positive power factor lagging Quadrant Quadrant 3 4 Reactive Reactive Power In Power In Quadrant Quadrant Quadrant Quadrant 2 1 2 1 watts negative watts positive watts negative watts positive vars negative vars negative vars positive vars positive power factor leading power factor lagging power factor leading power factor lagging Normal Power Flow gt watts postive vars positive power factor leading Real Real Power Power In In watts negative watts positive vars negative vars negative power factor lagging power factor leading lt Reverse Power Flow Normal Power Flow gt Quadrant Quadrant 3 4 7 ALT CM2 CM2000 VAR Sign Convention 58 IEEE VAR Sign Convention Series 4000 all models Circuit Monitor Default 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 DEMAND READINGS Demand Power Calculation Methods 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 4
207. f 10 e As with any change to basic meter setup when you change a scale factor all min max and peak demand values should be reset 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 APPENDIX B SPECIFICATIONS PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix B Specifications This appendix contains specifications for the circuit monitor and display CM4250 SPECIFICATIONS NOTE Specifications given for the CM4250 are valid at 25 degrees centigrade Table B 1 Specifications for CM4250 METERING SPECIFICATIONS Current Inputs Each Channel Current Range 0 10 AD Nominal Current CT sec 5 1A Voltage Inputs Each Channel Voltage Range 1 690 Line to Line 400 Line to Neutral Nominal Voltage PT sec 100 110 115 120 V Frequency Range Harmonic Response Phase Voltages and Currents Frequency 45 67 Hz Frequency 350 450 Hz 45 67 Hz 350 450 Hz Up to 255th Harmonic Up to 31st Harmonic Data Update Rate Approximately 1 second update of all real time readings for demand and energy calculations 100 ms update for some real time readings Accuracy Current measured Phase Amperes and Neutral Amperes 0 04 of reading 0 025 full scale full scale 10 A Voltage 0 04 of reading 0 025 full scale full scale 690 V Total Power Real Reactive and Apparent Power True Power Factor 0 075 of reading 0 025 of full sca
208. for the Setup Setup PaE option on the Main Menu Enter the password to be used for the Diagnostics 0 9998 Diagnostics option on the Main Menu Enter the password to be used for resetting Energy and Demand These options appear eee 0 9998 on the Reset menu and they can also be locked See Advanced Meter Setup on page 39 for instructions Enter the password to be used for resetting 7 the Min Max which appears on the Reset Min Max Reset 0 9998 menu This option can also be locked See Advanced Meter Setup on page 39 for instructions The word Locked appears next to a reset option that is inaccessible If all of the reset options are locked Locked will appear next to the Resets option in the Main Menu and the Resets menu will be inaccessible The features discussed in this section are not required for basic circuit monitor setup but can be used to customize your circuit monitor to suit your needs Any quantity that is stored in a register in the circuit monitor can be displayed on the remote display The circuit monitor has a list of viewable quantities already defined such as average current and power factor total In addition to these predefined values you can define custom quantities that can be displayed on a custom screen For example if your facility uses different types of utility services such as water gas and steam you may want to track usage of the three services on one c
209. g the EN50160 Evaluation eee eseeseeeeseeeeeeneeeenneees 131 Selecting Nominal Voltage eecsecceeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeeaes 131 Selecting IEC61000 Mode CM4250 only eseesceseeeeeteeeeeees 132 Selecting Flicker CM4000T only eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeaes 132 iii POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Table of Contents 12 2005 CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND Circuit Monitor Maintenance oo eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeseeesseeeeeeseeeeeaes 135 TROUBLESHOOTING Circuit Monitor MemMOry jcc cet ale a sh coast 2 Ge 8 eer de daa 136 Upgrading Memory in the Circuit Monitor 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeeeeeeeees 136 Identifying the Firmware Version eseeeseeseneeeeeneeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeeeaeees 137 Viewing the Display in Different Languages eeseeeeesteeesteeeeeneeeeees 137 Calibration of the Current Voltage Module ccceeceeseeeeeeeeteeteeeeeeeaes 137 Getting Technical Support 0 2 eee eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeseeeeeaeetseeeeaeenaes 137 Troubleshooting die esa es te elie a A 138 CHAPTER 11 TRANSIENT CIRCUIT Transient Circuit Monitor Description eeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaes 141 MONITOR CM4000T What are Transients s cec a cc tea tag dec tiek i aac eccl ateet 141 Impulsive Transient Alarms eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeaeeeesaeeeeneeeeeeaeeeseneees 142 Configuring a Transient Alarm cec
210. gic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation The View Alarms menu shown in Figure 3 12 lets you view active and high priority alarms Figure 3 12 View Alarms menu Co MATN MENU Meters Min Max gt View Alarms 1 0 Display Resets VIEW ALARMS gt Active Alarms List High Priority Log Setup Diagnostics CMPL 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved When an alarm is first set up an alarm priority is selected Four alarm levels are available High priority if high priority alarm occurs the display informs you in two ways The LED on the display flashes while the alarm is active and until you acknowledge the alarm Amessage displays whether the alarm is active or unacknowledged Medium priority if a medium priority alarm occurs the LED flashes and a message displays only while the alarm is active Once the alarm becomes inactive the LED and message stop Low priority if a low priority alarm occurs the LED on the display flashes only while the alarm is active No alarm message is displayed No priority if an alarm is set up with no priority no visible representation will appear on the display If multiple alarms with different priorities are active at the same time the display shows the alarm message for the last alarm Each time an alarm occurs the circuit monitor does the following Puts th
211. gital I O modules can be added to expand the I O capabilities of the circuit monitor K factor a numerical rating used to specify power transformers for non linear loads It describes a transformer s ability to serve nonlinear loads without exceeding rated temperature rise limits KYZ output pulse output from a metering device where each pulse has a weight assigned to it which represents an amount of energy or other value LCD liquid crystal display line to line voltages measurement of the rms line to line voltages of the circuit line to neutral voltages measurement of the rms line to neutral voltages of the circuit logging recording data at user defined intervals in the circuit monitor s nonvolatile memory 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Glossary maximum value highest value recorded of the instantaneous quantity such as Phase A Current Phase A Voltage etc since the last reset of the minimums and maximums minimum value lowest value recorded of the instantaneous quantity such as Phase A Current Phase A Voltage etc since the last reset of the minimums and maximums nominal typical or average onboard refers to data stored in the circuit monitor option cards optional field installable accessories for the circuit monitor that expand the I O a
212. gt Mi n Max No This will reset PK Amp Demand Noj Energy Demand J J Files Trending Min Max values and Disable Alarms METER INIT Perform Reset No 3 Select the option you would like to reset and change No to Yes by pressing the arrow button 4 Press Enter to move to the next option or press the menu button to reset the value VIEWING METERED DATA The Meters menu and the Min Max menu shown in Figure 3 11 are view 42 only menus where you can view metered data in real time Figure 3 11 Viewing metered data on the Meters and Min Max menus METERS 4 Summary Power MAIN MENU we Power Quality Meters lt Energy Min Max lt Fa Power Demand View Alarms Current Demand I O Display Resets Setup h4 Diagnostics MIN MAX Current Voltage Frequency Power Power Factor thd 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Viewing Metered Data from the Meters Menu Viewing Minimum and Maximum Values from the Min Max Menu 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options on the Meters menu To select a menu option press the enter button To select another option press the menu button From the Meters menu you can view the following information Summary lets you quickly
213. gy peak demand and minimum maximum values e Setup Lets you define the settings for the display such as selecting the date format to be displayed Creating custom quantities and custom screens are also options on this menu In addition use this menu to set up the circuit monitor parameters such as the CT and PT ratios The Setup menu is also where you define the communications alarms I Os and passwords e Diagnostics Lets you initiate the wiring error test Also use this menu to read and write registers and view information about the circuit monitor such as its firmware version and serial number e CMPL CMPL is the custom programming language for the circuit monitor If a custom program is installed you can view the name version date and status of the program 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 CONFIGURING THE CIRCUIT MONITOR USING THE SETUP MENU Setting Up the Display PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Before you can access the Setup menu from the Main Menu you must enter the Setup password The default password is 0 To change the password see Setting Up Passwords on page 31 The Setup menu has the following options Date amp Time Display Communications Meter Alarm 0 Passwords Each of these options is described in the sections that follow Setting up the display involves for example choosing a date an
214. hase total accumulated 167 n Present 3 Mod10 RO x xX WH 3 incremental real energy into the load nterval ail 3 Phase total accumulated 1770 Reactive In 3 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 3 incremental reactive energy into the Present Interval pag RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 210 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Energy Incremental Real 3 Phase total accumulated ue Out Present R Modi RO 0 WH 3 incremental real energy out of the load Interval ENSTO 3 Phase total accumulated 1776 3 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 3 incremental reactive energy out of the Reactive Out load Present Interval Energy Incremental 3 Phase total accumulated ter Apparent 3 Mod10 RO xX a VAR 3 incremental apparent energy Present Interval Energy 3 Phase total accumulated 1782 Reactive 3 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 3 incremental reactive energy Quadrant 1 quadrant 1 Energy 3 Phase total accumulated 1785 React
215. have a value ranging from 0 to 9 999 A specific multiplier acts on each individual register and that value is added together for the 4 registers for the total value of the energy topic Register 4 0 9 999 Register 3 Register 2 Register 1 0 9 999 0 9 999 0 9 999 Energy Value Register 4 X 1 000 000 000 000 Register 3 X 100 000 000 Register 2 X 10 000 Register 1 179 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing ABBREVIATED REGISTER LISTING Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 contains an abbreviated register list for the circuit monitor Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes 100 ms Metering Current 1000 Current Phase A 1 Integer RO A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS 1001 Current Phase B 1 Integer RO A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS 1002 Current Phase C 1 Integer RO A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS 0 32 767 RMS 1003 Current Neutral 1 Integer RO N B Amperes Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 0 32 767 RMS 1004 Current Ground 1 Integer RO N Cc Amperes Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 1005 N SRNASS Ih 4 Integer RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Calculated mean of Phases A B amp C Current Peak instantaneous current of Phase 1006 Apparen
216. he circuit monitor is acceptable for these applications keep the following points in mind e Circuit monitors require control power to operate properly e Circuit monitors may take up to 5 seconds after control power is applied before setpoint controlled functions are activated If this is too long a reliable source of control power is required 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Types of Setpoint Controlled Relay Functions 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 6 Alarms e When control power is interrupted for more than approximately 100 milliseconds the circuit monitor releases all energized output contacts e Standard setpoint controlled functions may take 1 2 seconds to operate in addition to the intended delay e A password is required to program the circuit monitor s setpoint controlled relay functions e Changing certain setup parameters after installation may operate relays in a manner inconsistent with the requirements of the application For instructions on configuring setpoint controlled alarms or relays from the circuit monitor s display see Setting Up and Editing Alarms on page 22 The types of available alarms are described in Table 6 3 on page 91 This section describes some common motor management functions to which the following information applies e Values that are too large
217. he lagging power factor alarm will occur when the test register value becomes more lagging than the pickup setpoint closer to 0 010 and remains more lagging long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period When the value becomes equal to or less lagging than the dropout setpoint that is 1 000 and remains less lagging for the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Both the pickup setpoint and the dropout setpoint must be positive values representing lagging power factor Enter setpoints as integer values representing power factor in thousandths For example to define a dropout setpoint of 0 5 enter 500 Delays are in hundreds of milliseconds Disturbance 080 Voltage Current Swell The voltage and current swell alarms will occur whenever the continuous rms calculation is above the pickup setpoint and remains above the pickup setpoint for the specified number of cycles When the continuous rms calculations fall below the dropout setpoint and remain below the setpoint for the specified number of cycles the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive and delays are in cycles 090 Voltage Current Sag The voltage and current sag alarms will occur whenever the continuous rms calculation is below the pickup setpoint and remains below the pickup setpoint for the specified number of cycles When the continuous rms calculations rise above the dropout setpoint and remain above the setpoint for the specified number
218. he min max values in a typical environment in which a positive power flow is assumed In the figure the minimum power factor is 7 lagging and the maximum is 8 leading Note that the minimum power factor need not be lagging and the maximum power factor need not be leading For example if the power factor values ranged from 75 to 95 then the minimum power factor would be 75 lagging and the maximum power factor would be 95 lagging Both would be negative Likewise if the power factor ranged from 9 to 95 the minimum would be 95 leading and the maximum would be 90 leading Both would be positive in this case Figure 4 1 Power factor min max example Minimum Range of Maximum Power Factor Power Factor Power Factor 7 lagging Values 8 leading Unity 1 00 Note Assumes a positive power flow 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 57 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities VAR SIGN CONVENTIONS 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 An alternate power factor storage method is also available for use with analog outputs and trending The circuit monitor can be set to one of two VAR sign conventions the standard IEEE or the ALT CM1 Circuit monitors manufactured before March 2000 default to the ALT VAR sign convention The Series 4000 circuit monitors all modles default to the IEEE VAR sign convention Figure 4 2 illustrat
219. he optional remote 4 line display is available with a back lit liquid crystal display LCD or a vacuum fluorescent display VFD The VFD model includes an infrared port that can be used to communicate directly with the circuit monitor from a laptop computer The VFD model can also be used to download firmware keeping the circuit monitor up to date with the latest system enhancements 1 O Extender The I O extender can be attached to the circuit monitor to allow plug in capabilities for up to 8 industry standard inputs and outputs Several pre configured combinations are available or you can create a custom configuration e Digital I O Card The I O capabilities of the circuit monitor can be further expanded by adding a digital I O card 4 inputs and 4 outputs This card fits into the option slot on the top of the circuit monitor Ethernet Communications Card The Ethernet communications card provides an Ethernet port that accepts a 100 Mbps fiber optic cable or a 10 100 Mbps UTP and provides an RS 485 master port to extend the circuit monitor communications options This card is easily installed into the option slot on the top of the circuit monitor Table 1 2 lists the circuit monitor parts and accessories and their associated instruction bulletins Table 1 2 Circuit Monitor Parts Accessories and Custom Cables Description Part Number Circuit Monitor pio CM4250MG Current Voltage Modul
220. hile an option is displayed will activate that option s list of values Use the arrow keys to scroll through the list of options selecting an option by pressing the enter key Unary is a special type of alarm used for end of digital alarms It does not apply to setting up alarms for digital inputs Setting Up and Editing Alarms 22 4 Press the menu button until Save Changes No flashes on the display Select Yes with the arrow button then press the enter button to save the changes Now you are ready to set up the newly created custom alarm To set up any alarm new or existing for use by the circuit monitor use the Edit Parameters option on the Alarm screen You can also change parameters of any alarm new or existing For example using the Edit Parameters option you can enable or disable an alarm change its priority and change its pickup and dropout setpoints Follow these instructions to set up or edit an alarm 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Alarm gt Edit Parameters The Edit Parameters screen displays 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual ey PARAMETERS Standard i See High Speed 100ms Disturbance Eerie Digital Bool ean Transient a Waveshape Select the Alarm Group Standard High Speed
221. hneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities Thermal Demand The thermal demand method calculates the demand based on a thermal response which mimics thermal demand meters The demand calculation updates at the end of each interval You select the demand interval from 1 to 60 minutes in 1 minute increments In Figure 4 4 the interval is set to 15 minutes for illustration purposes Figure 4 4 Thermal Demand Example The interval is a window of time that moves across the timeline a ast completed demand interval Time minutes 15 minute next interval 15 minute interval Calculation updates at the end of each interval Predicted Demand The circuit monitor calculates predicted demand for the end of the present interval for KW KVAR and kVA demand This prediction takes into account the energy consumption thus far within the present partial interval and the present rate of consumption The prediction is updated every second Figure 4 5 illustrates how a change in load can affect predicted demand for the interval Figure 4 5 Predicted Demand Example Predicted demand is updated every second Beginning of interval 15 minute interval 5 Predicted demand if load is Demand for Partial Interval added during interval last completed Demand l a predicted demand increases interval
222. ife of the circuit monitor and cannot be reset Use SMS to view the maintenance log Refer to the SMS online help for instructions Table 7 1 Values Stored in Maintenance Log Value Stored Number of Demand Resets Description Number of times demand values have been reset Number of Energy Resets Number of times energy values have been reset Number of Min Max Resets Number of Output Operations Number of times min max values have been reset Number of times a digital output has operated This value is stored for each digital output Number of Power Losses Number of times circuit monitor has lost control power Number of Firmware Downloads Number of times new firmware has been downloaded to the circuit monitor over communications Number of I R Comms Sessions Number of times the I R communications port has been used Available only with VFD display Highest Temperature Monitored Highest temperature reached inside the circuit monitor Lowest Temperature Monitored Lowest temperature reached inside the circuit monitor Number of GPS time syncs Number of syncs received from the global positioning satellite transmitter Number of option card changes Number of times the option card has been changed Stored for both option card slots Number of I O extender changes Number of times the I O extender has been changed Number of times KYZ pulse output overdriven Numbe
223. ilities on page 71 Configuring I O Modules for the IOC When you install a digital I O card IOC 44 in either of the optional card slots located on the top of the circuit monitor the circuit monitor automatically recognizes that the card has been installed 28 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 3 Operation NOTE For a description of I O options see Input Output Capabilities on page 71 To view the status of an I O see Viewing I O Status on page 47 You need to know the position number of the I O to set it up See I O Point Numbers on page 160 to determine this number To set up the I O options follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup The password prompt displays 2 Select your password The default password is 0 The Setup menu displays eal Date amp Time Display Communi cations Meter Alarm L 1 0 Passwords 3 Select I O The I O menu displays ATO kYZ gt Slot B 10C 44 J 4 Select the I O option that you have installed The lOC 44 Setup screen displays 10C 44 SETUP Digital In BS1 Digital In BS2 Cia In BS3 Digital In BS4 Relay BR1 Relay BR2 Relay BR3 Dig Out BRO 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 29 PowerLogic Circuit
224. impulsive transient occurs the transient alarm forces an entry in the CM4000T alarm log a transient and disturbance waveform capture is generated when waveform capture is enabled and register based data in non volatile memory is recorded The register based data in the alarm log consists of the following Date Time e Unique ID e Peak voltage magnitude e Duration of the peak in tenths of a microsecond e Rise time in tenths of a microsecond Average voltage The data can be viewed by selecting View Alarm gt Active Alarm List then selecting the transient alarm See Operation on page 7 for information on how to view the alarm log data using the display Register based transient analysis information is also generated each time an impulsive transient occurs This data consists of the number of transients for each phase the date and time of the last register based transient alarm log reset number of alarms in the register based transient alarm log stress on circuit indication for each phase in volt seconds magnitude and duration The following list contains the transient analysis information Number of transients on Phase A Number of transients on Phase B e Number of transients on Phase C e Number of transients on all phases e Date time of the last register based alarm log reset e Number of alarms in the register based transient alarm log e Stress on the circuit indication for Phase A volt seconds e Stress on the cir
225. in Registers on page 178 208 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Maximum Current 1687 Negative 1 Sequence Angle nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Maximum Current Zero 1 Sequence Magnitude 1688 nteger RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Maximum 1689 Current Zero 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Maximum Voltage Positive 1699 Sequence 1 Magnitude nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Maximum 1691 Voltage Positive 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Maximum Voltage 1692 Negative 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Sequence Magnitude Maximum Voltage o A 1693 Negative 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Maximum Voltage Zero Sequence Magnitude 1694 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Maximum 1695 Voltage Zero 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Maximum Current Sequence Unbalance 1696 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 1 000 1 000 Maximum 1697 Voltage 1 nteger RO Y Xx 0 10 1 000 1 000 Sequence Unbalance Maximum Current 1698 Sequence 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Unbalance Factor Negati
226. in register 32 768 if N A RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 181 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes 1 s Metering Current 1100 Current Phase A 1 Integer RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS 1101 Current Phase B 1 Integer RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS 1102 Current Phase C 1 Integer RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 RMS 0 32 767 RMS 1103 Current Neutral 1 Integer RO N B Amperes Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 0 32 767 RMS 1104 Current Ground 1 Integer RO N C Amperes Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 1105 renee Bree ih Integer RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Calculated mean of Phases A B amp C Current Peak instantaneous current of Phase 1106 Apparent RMS 1 Integer RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 A B or C divided by V2 Current 1107 Unbalance 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase A Current 1108 Unbalance 1 Integer RO N XX 0 1
227. in the Dec column for that register For example the register number for Scale D to Phase Volts is 3212 If the number in the Dec column is 1 the scale factor is 10 10 10 Remember that scale factor 1 in Table 6 1 on page 89 for Scale Group D is measured in kV Therefore to define an alarm setpoint of 125 kV enter 12 5 because 12 5 multiplied by 10 is 125 Table 6 2 lists the scale groups and their register numbers Table 6 2 Scale Group Register Numbers Scale Group Register Number Scale Group A Phase Current 3209 ss ssts s S Scale Group B Neutral Current 3210 Scale Group C Ground Current 3211 Scale Group D Voltage L L 3212 Scale Group E Neutral Voltage L N N G Scale Group F Power kW kVAR kVA 3214 3213 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 6 Alarms ALARM CONDITIONS AND ALARM NUMBERS This section lists the circuit monitor s predefined alarm conditions For each alarm condition the following information is provided Alarm No a position number indicating where an alarm falls in the list Alarm Description a brief description of the alarm condition Abbreviated Display Name an abbreviated name that describes the alarm condition but is limited to 15 characters that fit in the window of the circuit monitor s display e Test Register the register number that c
228. interruption as voltage less than 1 of nominal voltage Because some locations require a different definition you can configure this value in register 3906 Interruptions are classified as short if duration lt 3 minutes or long otherwise The circuit monitor classifies interruptions as shown in the following table You can configure the number of allowable short interruptions per year in register 3918 Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled You can configure the number of allowable long interruptions per year in register 3919 Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled Duration t seconds t lt 1 1 lt t lt 2 2 lt t lt 5 5 lt t lt 10 10 lt t lt 20 20 lt t lt 60 60 lt t lt 180 180 lt t lt 600 600 lt t lt 1200 1200 lt t Total Detecting and Classifying Temporary Power Frequency Overvoltages As stated in EN50160 a temporary power frequency overvoltage generally appears during a fault in the electrical utility power distribution system or ina customer s installation and disappears when the fault is cleared Usually the overvoltage may reach the value of phase to phase voltage because of a shift of the neutral point of the three phase voltage system Under certain circumstances a fault occurring upstream from a transformer will produce temporary overvoltages on the low voltage side for the time during which the fault current flows Such overvoltages will generally not exceed 1 5 kV rms 2005 Sch
229. ironment such as a factory where large cycling loads are present It can also be a problem for residential customers of electric utilities particularly residences located between an electrical substation and large commercial users of electrical power As the commercial establishments cycle their large loads the voltage supplied to the residences may vary markedly causing the lights to flicker in the residences Flicker monitoring is available if you are using a circuit monitor equipped with a CVMT module CM4000T To measure flicker the circuit monitor firmware must be version 12 32 or higher and the CVMT firmware must be version 11 000 or higher You can find the latest firmware on our website at www powerlogic com If you are not familiar with upgrading the firmware contact your local Schneider Electric representative for support The measurement of flicker in the circuit monitor is structured around the IEC standards for flicker described in Table 11 8 Table 11 8 Standards Standard IEC 61000 4 15 2003 Description The circuit monitor is designed to measure flicker based on this standard for 230 V 50 Hz systems or for 120 V 60 Hz systems The circuit monitor detects and measures flicker on the electrical system based on the IEC 61000 4 15 standard Two quantities are measured e short term flicker Ps long term flicker Py The circuit monitor displays both of these quantities for each phase In 4 wire sy
230. is evaluation see Setting Up EN50160 Evaluation on page 130 This overview summarizes the EN50160 standard EN50160 2000 Voltage characteristics of electricity supplied by public distribution systems is a European standard that defines the quality of the voltage a customer can expect from the electric utility Although this is a European standard it can be applied in the U S The circuit monitor evaluates the following electrical characteristics in accordance with EN50160 e Frequency e Magnitude of the supply voltage e Supply voltage variations e Rapid voltage changes voltage magnitude and flicker e Supply voltage dips e Short interruptions of the supply voltage e Long interruptions of the supply voltage e Temporary power frequency overvoltages e Transient overvoltages e Supply voltage unbalance e Harmonic voltage The EN50160 evaluations can be divided into two categories those based on metering data during normal operation and those based on abnormal events Much of this data is available from the circuit monitor standard data and alarms however evaluation of flicker and transient overvoltages requires a CM4000T The standard sets limits for some of the evaluations These limits are built into the circuit monitor firmware You can configure registers for other evaluations and change them from the default values These configuration registers are protected while revenue security is active Revenue securi
231. ith Power Factor i 1000 representing unity values below Phase A 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental Maximum frequency of the real and apparen Alternate 0 2 000 power 4 wire system only Reported 1573 Displacement 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 32 768 if N A value is mapped from 0 2000 with Power Factor i 1000 representing unity values below Phase B 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental Maximum frequency of the real and apparen Alternate 0 2 000 power 4 wire system only Reported 1574 Displacement 1 Integer RO Y 0 001 32 768 if N A value is mapped from 0 2000 with Power Factor 1000 representing unity values below Phase C 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental Maximum frequency of the real and apparen Alternate power Reported value is mapped 1575 Displacement 1 Integer RO XX 0 001 0 2 000 from 0 2000 with 1000 representing Power Factor unity values below 1000 representing Total lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Maximum Frequence and Temperature 50 60Hz Frequency of circuits being monitored Maximum 0 01Hz 4 500 6 700 If the frequency is out of range the 1580 Fr rs 1 Integer RO Y XX 400Hz register will be 32 768 equency 0 10Hz 3 500 4 500 32 768 if N A Maximum o 3 i 1581 Temperature 1
232. ive 3 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 3 incremental reactive energy Quadrant 2 quadrant 2 Energy 3 Phase total accumulated 1788 Reactive 3 Mod10 RO ye XX VArH 3 incremental reactive energy Quadrant 3 quadrant 3 Energy 3 Phase total accumulated 1791 Reactive 3 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 3 incremental reactive energy Quadrant 4 quadrant 4 Conditional 1794 Energy Control 1 Integer RO Y xx xx 0 1 Get default 1 On Status Note 1 0 9 999 999 999 999 999 2 9 999 999 999 999 999 9 999 999 999 999 999 3 0 999 999 999 999 Demand Power Demand Channels Last Demand 3 Phase total present real power 2150 Real Power 3 1 nteger RO N F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 demand for last completed demand Phase Total interval updated every sub interval Present Demand a a z 3 Phase total present real power 2151 Rea Power 3 1 nteger RO N F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 demand for present demand interval Phase Total Running Average 2152 Demand 1 nteger RO N F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Updated every second Real Power 3 9 F P y Phase Tota Predicted Demand 7 E Predicted real power demand at the 2153 Real Power 3 1 nteger RO N F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 end of the present interval Phase Total Peak Demand 2154 Real Power 3 1 nteger RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Phase Tota Peak Demand DateTime 3 2155 Rea Power 3 4 DateTime RO Y Xx See Template See Template Phase Total Cumulative Demand 2147483648
233. iven alarms 84 sliding block 60 SMS device set up 116 specifications 167 standard alarms 83 standard speed alarms 19 steady state waveform capture 107 initiating 107 suspected errors see wiring 52 synchronizing demand interval to internal clock 62 demand interval to multiple meters 62 to PLC command 62 system type set up 17 T TDD described 68 technical support 137 testing dielectric hi pot test 135 megger test 135 wiring test 49 THD changing to thd 40 thd calculation method 68 thermal demand method 63 Total Demand Distortion 68 total harmonic distortion 68 107 transient impulsive 141 oscillatory 141 transient alarm creating 143 editing 146 transient alarm threshold 148 transients 113 alarm log 142 impulsive transient alarm 142 types of alarms 93 U unbalance current alarm type 87 unbalance voltage alarm type 88 undervoltage alarm type 87 upgrading firmware 137 Index V VAR sign convention changing 39 verifying utility charges 65 viewing metered data 42 voltage disturoance monitoring 113 voltage sag 113 114 circuit monitor capabilities during 115 using waveform captures to detect 114 voltage swell circuit monitor capabilities during 115 voltage transients 141 W watthours calculating watthours per KYZ pulse 80 waveform captures 100 ms event recording 108 adaptive waveform capture 108 circuit monitor memory 112 disturbance waveform captures 107 relay triggered events 111
234. l 1369 Displacement 1 nteger RO Y xx 0 001 100 to 100 noe ot the realand apparen Phase B 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum 1 000 Derived using only fundamental 1370 Ipp ace man 1 nteger RO Y x 0 001 00140 1005 e Teny of fiereabandapparen i 32 768 if N A ROwer Phase C 4 wire system only PRE Riehl 1 000 Derived using only fundamental 1371 Power Factor 1 nteger RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 frequency of the real and apparen power Total Derived using only fundamental Minimum frequency of the real and apparen Alternate z power 4 wire system only Reported 1372 Displacement 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 bee ETNIA value is mapped from 0 2000 with Power Factor 1000 representing unity values below Phase A 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental Minimum frequency of the real and apparen Alternate _ power 4 wire system only Reported 1373 Displacement 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 a EENIA value is mapped from 0 2000 with Power Factor i 1000 representing unity values below Phase B 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental Minimum frequency of the real and apparen i sellin 0 2 000 power 4 wire system only Reported isplacement 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 001 32 768 if N A value is mapped from 0 2000 with Power Factor i 1000 representing unity values below Phase C 1000 representing lagging and values
235. lable over communications via portal register reads Each data item is assigned a portal register number A block read of the specified size at that address will return the data for that item In general if the block size is smaller than specified the data returned will be 0x8000 32768 to indicate the data is invalid If the block size is larger than specified the data for the item will be returned and the remaining registers will be padded with 0x8000 Refer to Table 9 4 for portal register descriptions Bit set when evaluation is active Register 1 Bitmap of active evaluations same as register 3910 Bit 00 Summary bit at least one EN50160 evaluation is active Bit 01 Frequency Bit 02 Supply voltage variations Bit 03 Magnitude of rapid voltage changes Bit 04 Flicker Bit 05 Supply voltage dips Bit 06 Short interruptions of the supply voltage Bit 07 Long interruptions of the supply voltage Bit 08 Temporary power frequency overvoltages Bit 09 Transient overvoltages Bit 10 Supply voltage unbalance Bit 11 Harmonic voltage Bit 12 THD Bit 13 Not used Bit 14 Not used Bit 15 Not used 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 127 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring Table 9 4 Portal Register Descriptions continued Portal Description Size Data 63230 300 212B1 12
236. larm Assign a priority to the alarm Refer to Viewing Alarms on page 45 for information about the alarm priority levels e Define any required pickup and dropout setpoints and pickup and dropout time delays for standard high speed and disturbance alarm groups only refer to Setpoint Driven Alarms on page 84 The circuit monitor can learn normal operating ranges for specified alarm quantities and optimize alarm setpoints for these quantities This process is called setpoint learning You determine the quantity to be learned and the period of time for the learning process The learning period should take place during normal operation Setpoint learning is available for standard speed and high speed analog alarms disturbance alarms and waveshape alarms Several configuration options allow you to customize setpoint learning to suit your application Options that apply to individual alarms in a learning period are e Enable disable The normal alarms standard high speed and disturbance may be enabled or disabled during the learning period Waveshape alarms must be enabled to learn e Setpoint type while learning If an alarm is enabled while learning the setpoints used by that alarm can be fixed or dynamic Alarms with fixed setpoints use setpoints that you configure they are not updated during learning Alarms with dynamic setpoints use the present value of the learned setpoints updated at an interval you s
237. le 0 002 from 0 500 leading to 0 500 lagging Energy and Demand Frequency 50 60Hz 400 Hz ANSI C12 20 0 2 Class IEC 62053 22 0 2 Class 0 01 Hz at 45 67 Hz 0 10 Hz at 350 450 Hz Time of Day Clock Calendar at 25 C METERING INPUT ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Current Inputs Nominal Less than 1 5 seconds in 24 hours 1 ms resolution 5 0 Arms Metering Over range 400 20 A maximum Overcurrent Withstand 40 Arms Continuous 100 Arms 10 seconds in 1 hour 500 Arms 1 second in 1 hour Input Impedance Less than 0 1 Ohm Burden Less than 0 15 VA Analog to Digital Converter Resolution Anti aliasing Filters 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 bits 50 dB attenuation at 1 2 sample rate 167 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix B Specifications Table B 1 Specifications for CM4250 continued 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Voltage Inputs Nominal Full Scale 400 Vac Line to Neutral 690 Line to Line Metering Over range 50 Input Impedance Greater than 5 MegaOhm Measurement overvoltage category CONTROL POWER INPUT SPECIFICATIONS AC Control Power Operating Input Range CATIV up to 2000 m CATIII from 2000 3000 m 90 305 Vac Burden maximum 50 VA Frequency Range 45 67 Hz 350 450 Hz Isolation 2400 V 1 minute Ride through on Power Loss 0 1 second a
238. lly retrieve the waveform capture from the circuit monitor You can display the waveform for all three phases or zoom in ona single waveform which includes a data block with extensive harmonic data See the SMS online help for instructions Use the disturbance waveform capture to record events that may occur within a short time span such as multiple sags or swells The circuit monitor initiates a disturbance waveform capture automatically when an alarm condition occurs if the alarm is set up to perform the waveform capture The trigger may be from an external device such as an protective relay trip contact connected to a digital input or voltage sag alarm or you can also initiate the waveform capture manually from SMS at any time In SMS for the disturbance waveform capture you select the sample rate and how many cycles and pre event cycles the circuit monitor will capture see Table 8 1 107 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 8 Waveform and Event Capture Adaptive Waveform Capture 100MS RMS EVENT RECORDING 108 12 2005 Table 8 1 Available Resolutions for Disturbance Waveform Captures Samples per Cycle Resolution Max Duration 16 715 cycles 32 357 cycles 64 178 cycles 128 89 cycles 256 44 cycles 512 22 cycles See the SMS online help for instructions on setting up disturbance waveform captures The adaptive waveform capture is used to r
239. ly voltage shall be less than 8 Table 9 2 Values of individual harmonic voltages at the supply terminals for orders up to 25 in of nominal voltage Odd Harmonics Multiples of 3 Even Harmonics Not Multiples of 3 Relative Voltage NOTE No values are given for harmonics of order higher than 25 as they are usually small but largely unpredictable because of resonance effects System Configuration and Status Table 9 3 lists registers for system configuration and status evaluation Registers Table 9 3 System Configuration and Status Registers Register Number Description Enable Disable EN50160 Evaluation 3900 1 0 Disable default 1 Enable 3901 Nominal Voltage copied from register 3234 for reference Default 230 Voltage Selection for 4 Wire Systems 3902 1 0 Line to Neutral default 1 Line to Line 3903 i Nominal Frequency Hz copied from register 3208 for reference Default 60 Frequency configuration 3904 1 0 system with synchronous connection to interconnected system default 1 system without synchronous connection to interconnected system 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 125 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring Table 9 3 System Configuration and Status Registers continued 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Register Number Description 3905 First Day of Week 1 Sunday
240. mand profile 2 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Input Metering Demand 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities The circuit monitor has ten input pulse metering channels The channels count pulses received from one or more digital inputs assigned to that channel Each channel requires a consumption pulse weight consumption scale factor demand pulse weight and demand scale factor The consumption pulse weight is the number of watt hours or kilowatt hours per pulse The consumption scale factor is a factor of 10 multiplier that determines the format of the value For example if each incoming pulse represents 125 Wh and you want consumption data in watt hours the consumption pulse weight is 125 and the consumption scale factor is zero The resulting calculation is 125 x 10 which equals 125 watt hours per pulse If you want the consumption data in kilowatt hours the calculation is 125 x 10 which equals 0 125 kilowatt hours per pulse Time must be taken into account for demand data so you begin by calculating demand pulse weight using the following formula watt hours _ 3600 seconds C pulse watts x pulse hour second If each incoming pulse represents 125 Wh using the formula above you get 450 000 watts If you want demand data in watts the demand pulse weight is 450 and the demand scale
241. me A 16 character label used to identify the digital output e Mode Select one of the operating modes listed above e Pulse Weight You must set the pulse weight the multiplier of the unit being measured if you select any of the pulse modes last 7 listed above e Timer You must set the timer if you select the timed mode or end of power demand interval mode in seconds e Control You must set the relay to be controlled either remotely or internally from the circuit monitor if you select the normal latched or timed mode For instructions on setting up digital I Os in SMS see the SMS online help on device set up of the circuit monitor NOTE The l OC44 can be set up using the display or SMS The IOX must be identified using the display then set up using the display or SMS 77 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities Setpoint Controlled Relay Functions SOLID STATE KYZ PULSE OUTPUT 78 12 2005 The circuit monitor can detect over 100 alarm conditions including over under conditions digital input changes phase unbalance conditions and more see Alarms on page 83 for more about alarms Using SMS you can configure a relay to operate when an alarm condition is true For example you could set up the three relays on the IOC44 card to operate at each occurrence of Undervoltage Phase A Then each time the alarm condition occurs that i
242. module failure Bit 04 Not used Bit 05 Bit 06 3051 Self Test Results 1 Bitmap RO N XX XXXXXXX 0x0000 OxFFFF Bit 07 Bit 08 OS Create failure Bit 09 OS Queue overrun failure Bit 10 Not used Bit 11 Not used Bit 12 Bit 13 Systems shut down due to continuous reset Bit 14 Unit in Download Condition A Bit 15 Unit in Download Condition B Used by sub systems to indicate that a value used within that system has been internally modified 0 No modifications 1 Modifications 3052 a aa 1 Integer RO Y xx XXXXXXX 0x0000 OxFFFF Bit 00 Summary bit Bit 01 Metering System Bit 02 Communications System Bit 03 Alarm System Bit 04 File System Bit 05 Auxiliary IO System Bit 06 Display System Installed Log 3053 Memory 1 Integer RO Y XX Clusters 0 65 535 Free Log 3054 Memory 1 Integer RO Y XX Clusters 0 65 535 Log Memory 3055 Cluster Size 1 Integer RO Y XX Bytes 0 65 535 Programmed 3056 Disk On Chip 1 Integer R W N XX XXXXXXX 0x0000 OxFFFF Version Number Real Time Clock 3058 Factory 1 Integer RO Y XX ppm 63 126 Deen Calibration ere P RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 214 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230
243. move through and view the following Summary total of volts amperes and kW Amperes and volts for all three phases neutral and ground line to line line to neutral Power kW kVAR and kVA real reactive and apparent power 3 phase totals Power factor true and displacement 3 phase totals Total energy kWh kVARh and kVAh 3 phase totals real reactive and apparent energy Frequency in hertz Power This option lets you view power per phase kW kVAR and kVA real reactive and apparent power It is available only if the circuit monitor is configured for 4 wire system it will not appear for 3 wire systems If you are using a 4 wire system you can view the leading and lagging values for true and displacement power factor Power Quality shows the following values per phase THD voltage line to neutral and line to line THD amperes K factor Fundamental volts and phase angle Fundamental amperes and phase angle Energy shows accumulated and incremental readings for real and reactive energy into and out of the load and the real reactive and apparent total of all three phases Power Demand displays total and peak power demand kW kVAR and kVA real reactive and apparent power for the last completed demand interval It also shows the peak power demand kW kVAR and kVA with date time and coincident power factor leading and lagging associated with that peak Curren
244. n Range 1 4 register format Date Time Last Excursion Range 2 4 register format Date Time Last Reset 4 register format 38391 38393 38394 38396 38397 38399 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Summary of Rapid Voltage Changes by Phase Summary of Voltage Dips by Phase This Week Summary of Voltage Dips by Phase Last Week 104 104 Count of rapid voltage increases this week Count of rapid voltage decreases this week Count of rapid voltage increases last week Count of rapid voltage decreases last week Date Time last rapid voltage change 4 register format Date Time last reset 4 register format Count of dips by magnitude amp duration this week 96 values See Detection and classification of Supply Voltage Dips on page 120 Date Time last voltage dip 4 register format Date Time last reset 4 register format Count of dips by magnitude amp duration last week 96 values See Detection and classification of Supply Voltage Dips on page 120 Date Time last voltage dip 4 register format Date Time last reset 4 register format 129 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table 9 4 Portal Register Descriptions continued Portal Description Size Data Flag indicating interruption is active Elapsed seconds for interruption in progress Count of short i
245. nd Ethernet communications capabilities because they can be inserted into slots in the circuit monitor overvoltage increase in effective voltage to greater than 110 percent for longer than one minute parity refers to binary numbers sent over the communications link An extra bit is added so that the number of ones in the binary number is either even or odd depending on your configuration Used to detect errors in the transmission of data partial interval demand calculation of energy thus far in a present interval Equal to energy accumulated thus far in the interval divided by the length of the complete interval peak demand current highest demand current measured in amperes since the last reset of demand See also peak value peak demand real power highest demand real power measured since the last rest of demand peak demand voltage highest demand voltage measured since the last reset of demand voltage See also peak value peak demand highest demand measured since the last reset of peak demand peak value of voltage or current is the maximum or minimum crest value of a waveform phase currents rms measurement in amperes of the rms current for each of the three phases of the circuit See also peak value phase rotation phase rotations refers to the order in which the instantaneous values of the voltages or currents of the system reach their maximum positive values Two phase rotations are possible A B C
246. nd remains above the pickup setpoint for the specified duration 185 To configure a transient alarm you must select the voltage inputs to monitor The impulsive transient alarm allows you to enter a custom label enable or disable the alarm select the alarm s priority enter the voltage pickup threshold and input the minimum pulse width The CM4000T automatically selects the voltage transient monitoring method based on the type of system it is connected to so there is no need to configure the system type For example if the CM4000T is connected to a 4 wire wye system the detection method changes to single ended L N with a maximum voltage range of 5 kV peak 3536 V rms If the CM4000T is connected to a 3 wire delta system the detection method changes to differential L L with a maximum voltage range of 10 kV peak 7072 V rms After each occurrence of an impulsive transient data is entered into the circuit monitor s alarm log using SMS as long as the alarm priority is set to Low Medium or High The alarm log contains the following information e Alarm position e Unique alarm ID e Entry type e Peak Magnitude e Start time and date e Correlation sequence number e File association 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T Creating an Impulsive Transient Alarm 2005 Sch
247. nd time interval for incremental energy accumulation At the end of each incremental energy period the following information is available e Wh IN during the last completed interval reg 1748 1750 e VARbh IN during the last completed interval reg 1751 1753 e Wh OUT during the last completed interval reg 1754 1756 e VARh OUT during the last completed interval reg 1757 1759 e VAh during the last completed interval reg 1760 1762 e Date time of the last completed interval reg 1763 1766 e Peak kW demand during the last completed interval reg 1940 e Date Time of Peak kW during the last interval reg 1941 1944 e Peak kVAR demand during the last completed interval reg 1945 e Date Time of Peak kVAR during the last interval reg 1946 1949 e Peak kVA demand during the last completed interval reg 1950 e Date Time of Peak kVA during the last interval reg 1951 1954 The circuit monitor can log the incremental energy data listed above This logged data provides all the information needed to analyze energy and power usage against present or future utility rates The information is especially useful for comparing different time of use rate structures When using the incremental energy feature keep the following points in mind Peak demands help minimize the size of the data log in cases of sliding or rolling demand Shorter incremental energy periods make it easier to reconstruct a load profile analysis
248. neider Electric All Rights Reserved e Waveform capture association e Average magnitude Transient duration e Rise time For more information on logging impulsive transient date see Logging on page 101 For more information on alarm logging features in SMS refer to the SMS online help Using the display perform the steps below to configure the impulsive transient alarm NOTE There is a default transient alarm that enables detection on all phases If the label and phases are acceptable you can skip this section and go directly to Setting Up and Editing Transient Alarms on page 146 1 From the Main Menu select Setup The password prompt appears 2 Select your password The default password is 0 The Setup menu is displayed LC SETUP Date amp Time Display Communi cations J Meter Alarm 1 0 Passwords 3 Select Alarm The Alarm menu displays LT ALARM Edit Parameters Create Custom J 143 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 4 Select Create Custom The Create Custom menu appears 5 Select Transient The Select Position menu appears C CREATE CUSTOM Standard 1 sec High Speed 100ms Disturbance lt cycle Digital Boolean Transient Waveshape SELECT POSITION 01 Impulsive Tran
249. neider Electric All Rights Reserved 121 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring 12 2005 The circuit monitor detects and classifies the overvoltages for each phase voltage as follows Duration t seconds Magnitude M 0 01 lt t lt 0 02 lt t lt 0 05 lt t lt O1t lt O2 lt te os lt tlist lt 3 lt t lt 10 lt t lt 20 lt t lt 60 lt t lt Nominal 0 02 0 05 0 1 0 2 0 5 lt 1 3 10 20 60 180 Noral 110 lt M lt 115 115 lt M lt 130 130 lt M lt 145 145 lt M lt 160 160 lt M lt 175 175 lt M lt 200 M gt 200 Total You can configure the number of allowable events per week for each range of Magnitude in registers 3930 3937 Default 32768 Pass Fail evaluation disabled 122 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Detecting Transient Overvoltages Magnitude M Nominal t lt 20 20 lt t lt 50 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring The impulsive transient alarm is used to detect transient overvoltages between live conductors and earth This feature is available only in the CM4000T model The register based transient event log is used to capture the events The log is configured to capture all transient events The EN50160 function watches this log for new entries and cl
250. net network and is always written as combination of eleven numbers such as 199 186 195 23 event the occurrence of an alarm condition such as Undervoltage Phase A configured in the circuit monitor firmware operating system within the circuit monitor frequency number of cycles in one second fundamental value of voltage or current corresponding to the portion of the signal at the power frequency 50 60 or 400 Hz generic demand profile up to 10 quantities on which any of the demand calculations can be performed thermal demand block interval demand or synchronized demand Two generic demand profiles can be set up in the circuit monitor harmonic power difference between total power and fundamental power A negative value indicates harmonic power flow out of the load A positive value indicates harmonic power flow into the load harmonics the circuit monitor stores in registers the magnitude and angle of individual harmonics up to the 63rd harmonic Distorted voltages and currents can be represented by a series of sinusoidal signals whose frequencies are multipliers of some fundamental frequency such as 60 Hz holding register register that holds the next value to be transmitted lEC International Electrotechnical Commission incremental energy accumulates energy during a user defined timed interval 1OX input output extender that is an optional part of the circuit monitor where up to eight analog or di
251. nits Range Notes Minimum Real 32 767 32 767 Minimum Real Power PB 1341 Bower Phase B l Integer RO y j KW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum Real 32 767 32 767 Minimum Real Power PC 1342 Power Phase C l Integer RO M E Reale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum Real 4 wire system PA PB PC 1943 Power Total l Integer RO x F kw Scale 32 767 32 7867 3 wire system 3 Phase real power Minimum Sty 32 767 32 767 Minimum Reactive Power QA 1344 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale P 2 Phase A 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum ne s 32 767 32 767 Minimum Reactive Power QB 1345 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale i a Phase B 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum n t 1346 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale ve ale ina sey on Power QC Phase C Minimum 4 wire system QA QB QC 1347 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase reactive Total power Minimum es 1348 Apparent Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVA Scale as ae ENIA y mom apparer Power ISH Phase A J y y Minimum Ay 1349 Apparent Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVA Scale z he ae Se apparer Power 9B Phase B 3 y y Minimum fee 32 767 32 767 Minimum Apparent Power SC 1350 Apparent Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVA Scale ae Phase C 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Minimum 4 wire system SA SB SC 1351 Apparent Power 1 Integ
252. none of the combined enabled alarms are true up to 4 Logic XOR ae 104 3j gt The XOR alarm will occur when only one of the combined enabled alarms is different than the other three 96 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 WAVESHAPE ALARM 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 6 Alarms The waveshape alarm in the circuit monitor alerts you to abnormalities in the power system by comparing the present waveform to preceding waveforms This point by point comparison identifies waveshape changes too small to be detected by a disturbance alarm Use the circuit monitor display or SMS software to configure waveshape alarms to catch these subtle changes Firmware version 12 430 and higher in the circuit monitor and SMS version 3 32 and higher is required Waveshape alarms can be set up for these four measurements in any combination e Phase voltage e Neutral to ground voltage e Phase current e Neutral current In addition the waveshape alarms can trigger any of the following e Data logs e Disturbance waveform captures e 100 ms rms event log Adaptive waveform captures During the waveshape calculations the magnitude of the change in waveshapes is recorded as a value Although this value has no units associated with it a higher value indicates a greater change in the waveshape from those that
253. nterruptions this year Count of long interruption this year Summary of Supply Count of short interruptions last year 38400 38403 eed a 34 Count of long interruptions last year Phase Count of interruptions by duration this year 10 values See Detection of Interruptions of the Supply voltage on page 121 Count of interruptions by duration last year 10 values See Detection of Interruptions of the Supply voltage on page 121 Date Time of last interruption 4 register format Date Time of last reset 4 register format Temporary Power Count of overvoltages by magnitude amp duration this week 96 values See Detecting and Classifying Temporary Power Frequency Overvoltages on page 121 38404 38406 Frequency 104 l Overvoltages by Date Time last overvoltage 4 register format Phase This Week Date Time last reset 4 register format Temporary Power Count of overvoltages by magnitude amp duration last week 96 values See Detecting and Classifying Temporary Power Frequency Overvoltages on page 121 38407 38409 Frequency 104 i i Overvoltages by Date Time last overvoltage 4 register format Phase Last Week Date Time last reset 4 register format Count of transients by magnitude amp duration this week 80 values See Detecting Transient Overvoltages on Transient page 123 38410 38412 Overvoltages by 88 h ee Phase This Week Date Time last transient overvoltage 4 register format Date Time last reset
254. nterval 10 Min No Pst in PH 12 Enable Yes y Start time 0 4 Each value begins to blink when it is selected Use the arrow buttons to set new values Then press the enter button to select the new value 5 When you are finished press the menu button IA to save 133 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring 12 2005 134 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 10 Maintenance and Troubleshooting CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING CIRCUIT MONITOR MAINTENANCE 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved The circuit monitor does not require regular maintenance nor does it contain any user serviceable parts If the circuit monitor requires service contact your local sales representative Do not open the circuit monitor Opening the circuit monitor voids the warranty HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Do not attempt to service the circuit monitor CT and PT inputs may contain hazardous currents and voltages Only authorized service personnel from the manufacturer should service the circuit monitor Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury A CAUTION HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE Do not perform a Dielectric Hi Pot or Megger test on the circuit monitor High voltage testing
255. occurred previously Consider the four waveshapes in Figure 6 4 Waveshape A shows only a small abnormality with a value of 5 but waveshape D shows a much larger change from the normal waveshape and has a value of 57 Knowing this value for your system will help you determine the setpoints for the alarm In this example you may choose only to monitor the most severe cases and ignore the smaller anomalies 97 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 6 Alarms 12 2005 Figure 6 4 Example Threshold Settings tan A Waveshape alarm value of 5 AJ aa volvo ve te te tia alva tle RISS elie EB 7 Phase A N Voltage 12 Ponts Cycle 30 40 Mibseconds C Waveshape alarm value of 27 B Waveshape alarm value of 11 AJ an valvo velta wfic mii sjm rie AJA tliug Em a 22 020 Phase A N Voltage 12 Points Cycle 30 40 Millisaconds 0 00 0 00 200 150 100 Voltage 100 150 0 AJ a val vojvel ta mie m alv the AJR telua Em 2 Phase A N Voltage 12 Points Cycle 30 40 Milliseconds Phase A N Voltage 12 Points Cycle Threshold Upper Limit 98 The threshold is the value that triggers the waveshape alarm when that value is exceeded The threshold value can range from 1 100 No units are associated with this value The factory default value of the threshold setting is 100 it will not
256. of error unknown I3 phase angle is out of expected range Cause of error unable to be determined Suspected error Reverse polarity on 11 CT Polarity of 11 CT could be reversed Check polarity Suspected error Reverse polarity on 12 CT Polarity of 12 CT could be reversed Check polarity Suspected error Reverse polarity on 13 CT Polarity of I3 CT could be reversed Check polarity Suspected error Check I1 input may be 12 CT Phase 2 CT may actually be connected to input 11 Suspected error Check 12 input may be 13 CT Phase 3 CT may actually be connected to input 12 Suspected error Check I3 input may be 11 CT Phase 1 CT may actually be connected to input 13 Suspected error Check I1 input may be I3 CT Phase 3 CT may actually be connected to input I1 Suspected error Check 12 input may be 11 CT Phase 1 CT may actually be connected to input 12 Suspected error Suspected error Suspected error Suspected error Suspected error Suspected error Check I3 input may be I2 CT Check 11 input may be I2 CT with reverse polarity Check 12 input may be 13 CT with reverse polarity Check I3 input may be I1 CT with reverse polarity Check 11 input may be I3 CT with reverse polarity Check 12 input may be I1 CT with reverse polarity Suspected error Check 13 input may be 12 CT with reverse polarity 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Phase 2 CT may actually be connec
257. of the steps you perform in SMS to setup these event captures To set up the circuit monitor for automatic event capture use SMS to perform the following steps NOTE For detailed instructions refer to the SMS online help 1 Select the type of event capture disturbance adaptive or 100ms and set up the number of samples per cycle pre event cycles or seconds and duration 2 Select an alarm condition 3 Define the pick up and dropout setpoints of the alarm if applicable 4 Select the automatic waveform capture option Capture Waveform on Event Check the pickup to dropout box if you want it to use it for an adaptive waveform capture 5 Repeat these steps for the desired alarm conditions When the circuit monitor is connected to an external device such as a protective relay the circuit monitor can capture and provide valuable information on short duration events such as voltage sags The circuit monitor must be equipped with digital inputs on an IOX Extender or an IOC 44 Digital I O Card To set up the circuit monitor for event capture triggered by an input use SMS to perform the following steps NOTE For detailed instructions refer to the SMS online help 1 Select the type of event capture disturbance adaptive or 100ms and set up the number of samples per cycle pre event cycles or seconds and duration 2 Create a digital alarm for the input if it is not already defined 3 Select the alarm 4 Choose the
258. onitor s total storage capacity If the fourth file had to be larger than the space still available the user would have to reduce the size of one of the other files to free up the needed space SMS displays the memory allocation statistics in the OnBoard Files dialog box shown in Figure 7 2 Color blocks on the bar show the space devoted to each type of log file while black indicates memory still available For instructions on setting up log files using SMS refer to SMS online help file included with the software 105 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 7 Logging 12 2005 Figure 7 2 Memory allocation in SMS Memory Allocation 106 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 8 Waveform and Event Capture CHAPTER 8 WAVEFORM AND EVENT CAPTURE TYPES OF WAVEFORM CAPTURES Steady State Waveform Capture Initiating a Steady state Waveform Disturbance Waveform Capture 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Using waveform captures you can monitor power sags and swells that may be produced for example when an X ray machine and an elevator are used at the same time or more commonly when lightning strikes the distribution system that feeds the facility The system s alarms can be programmed to detect and record such fluctuations enabling you to determine an appropri
259. onitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Maximum fundamental RMS Voltage Maximum 0 32767 between N amp G 1527 Voltage N G 1 Integer RO Y E sole acale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system with 4 element metering only Maximum 0 32767 Maximum fundamental RMS L N 1528 Voltage L N 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale k Voltage 32 768 if N A Average 4 wire system only Maximum 1529 Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Unbalance A B Maximum 1530 Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Unbalance B C Maximum 1531 Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Unbalance C A Vra Maximum percent Voltage Unbalance 1532 9 1 nteger RO Y xx 0 10 0 1 000 Worst L L Unbalance Depends on absolute value Max L L Maximum 7 0 1 000 1533 Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Unbalance A N Maximum 0 1 000 1534 Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Unbalance B N Maximum 0 1 000 1535 Voltage 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Unbalance C N d Maximum Maximum percent Voltage Unbalance Voltage z 0 1 000 Worst L N 1996 Unbalance 1 nteger RO M xx moe 32 768 if N A Depends on absolute value 4 wire Max L N system only Maximum Power Maximum Real 32 767 32 767 Maximum Real Power
260. only THD thd Voltage i Total Harmonic Distortion 1211 Phase A B 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 05 9207 Expressed as of fundamental THD thd Voltage Be Total Harmonic Distortion talz Phase B C Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 32 767 Expressed as of fundamental THD thd Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion 1213 Phase C A l Integer RO N 3x 0 107 AA Expressed as of fundamental THD thd Voltage 0 32 767 Total Harmonic Distortion 1215 3 Phase Average 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental L N p 4 wire system only THD thd Voltage cums i Total Harmonic Distortion a 9 ti 1216 a ape Average 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 32 767 Expressed as of fundamental Transformer Heating K Factor i 1218 Current Phase A 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 10 000 Updated with spectral components 1219 K Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 10 000 Updated with spectral components Current Phase B 1220 K Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 10 000 Updated with spectral components Current Phase C i Crest Factor 1221 Current Phase A 1 Integer RO N XX 0 01 0 10 000 Transformer Crest Factor Crest Factor _ 1222 Current Phase B 1 Integer RO N XX 0 01 0 10 000 Transformer Crest Factor Crest Factor 1223 Current Phase C 1 Integer RO N XX 0 01 0 10 000 Transformer Crest Factor Crest Factor 0 10 000 Transformer Crest Factor 1224 Current Neutral l Integer RO N xx on 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Crest Factor T
261. only on the VFD display Ethernet Options for Ethernet communications between the circuit monitor and your Ethernet network when an Ethernet Communications Card ECC is present Each of these options is described in the sections that follow Each PowerLogic device on a communications link must have a unique device address The term communications link refers to 1 32 PowerLogic compatible devices daisy chained to a single communications port If the communications link has only a single device assign it address 1 By networking groups of devices PowerLogic systems can support a virtually unlimited number of devices To set up RS 485 RS 232 or the infrared port communications set the address baud rate and parity Follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Communications The Communications Setup screen displays ar COMMUNI CATI ONS RS 485 RS 2a L Infrared Port J Ethernet Option NOTE You can set up infrared communications only if the circuit monitor is equipped with a VFD display Also you can set up Ethernet communications only if the circuit monitor is equipped with an ECC card 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 3 Operation 2 From the Communications Setup menu select the type of communications that you are using Depending on what you select the
262. ontains the value where applicable that is used as the basis for a comparison to alarm pickup and dropout settings e Units the unit that applies to the pickup and dropout settings e Scale Group the scale group that applies to the test register s metering value A F For a description of scale groups see Scale Factors on page 89 Alarm Type a reference to a definition that provides details on the operation and configuration of the alarm For a description of alarm types refer to Table 6 4 on page 93 Table 6 3 lists the preconfigured alarms by alarm number Table 6 3 List of Default Alarms by Alarm Number Alarm Alarm Description Abbreviated Test Units Scale Aan Number Display Name Register Group Type Standard Speed Alarms 1 Second 01 Over Current Phase A Over la 1100 Amperes A 010 02 Over Current Phase B Over Ib 1101 Amperes A 010 03 Over Current Phase C Over Ic 1102 Amperes A 010 04 Over Current Neutral Over In 1103 Amperes B 010 05 Over Current Ground Over Ig 1104 Amperes C 010 06 Under Current Phase A Under la 1100 Amperes A 020 07 Under Current Phase B Under Ib 1101 Amperes A 020 08 Under Current Phase C Under Ic 1102 Amperes A 020 09 Current Unbalance Max Unbal Max 1110 Tenths 010 10 Current Loss Current Loss 3262 Amperes A 053 11 Over Voltage Phase A N Over Van 1124 Volts D 010 12 Over Voltage Phase B N Over Vbn 1125 Volts
263. onvenient screen To do this you could set up inputs to receive pulses from each utility meter then display the scaled register quantity For the circuit monitor display custom quantities can be used to display a value Don t confuse this feature with SMS custom quantities SMS custom quantities are used to add new parameters which SMS can use to perform functions SMS custom quantities are defined for example when you add a new PowerLogic compatible device to SMS or if you want to import data into SMS from another software package You can use the SMS custom quantities in custom tables and interactive graphics diagrams but you cannot use circuit monitor display custom quantities in this way Custom quantities that you define for display from the circuit monitor are not available to SMS They must be defined separately in SMS To use a custom quantity perform these tasks 1 Create the custom quantity as described in this section 2 Create a custom screen on which the custom quantity can be displayed See Creating Custom Screens on page 35 for procedures You can view the custom screen by selecting from the Main Menu Meters gt Custom See Viewing Custom Screens on page 39 for more information To create a custom quantity follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup The password prompt displays 2 Select your password The default password is 0 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300
264. op line When the last line of information is displayed the arrow moves to the bottom as illustrated on the right in Figure 3 1 Figure 3 1 Arrow on the display screen Ld MATN MENU Resets Setup gt Diagnostics j How the Buttons Work 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved The buttons on the display let you scroll through options and select information move from menu to menu and adjust the contrast Figure 3 2 shows the buttons Figure 3 2 Display buttons Menu button Arrow buttons d Contrast button Enter button PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation Display Menu Conventions Selecting a Menu Option Changing a Value 12 2005 The buttons are used in the following way Arrow buttons Press the arrow buttons to scroll up and down the options on a menu Also when a value can be changed use the arrow buttons to scroll through the values that are available If the value is a number holding the arrow button down increases the speed in which the numbers increase or decrease Menu button a Press the menu button to move back one menu level The menu button also prompts you to save if you ve made changes to any options within that menu structure Press Enter to save Enter button Press the enter button to select an option on a menu or to select a value to be edited e Contr
265. opout delay in seconds Phase Loss Current Pickup and dropout setpoints are entered in amperes The phase loss current alarm occurs when any current value but not all current values is equal to or below the pickup setpoint for the specified pickup delay in seconds The alarm clears when one of the following is true e All of the phases remain above the dropout setpoint for the specified dropout delay or All of the phases drop below the phase loss pickup setpoint If all of the phase currents are equal to or below the pickup setpoint during the pickup delay the phase loss alarm will not activate This is considered an under current condition It should be handled by configuring the under current protective functions Phase Loss Voltage Pickup and dropout setpoints are entered in volts The phase loss voltage alarm occurs when any voltage value but not all voltage values is equal to or below the pickup setpoint for the specified pickup delay in seconds The alarm clears when one of the following is true All of the phases remain above the dropout setpoint for the specified dropout delay in seconds OR All of the phases drop below the phase loss pickup setpoint If all of the phase voltages are equal to or below the pickup setpoint during the pickup delay the phase loss alarm will not activate This is considered an under voltage condition It should be handled by configuring the under voltage protectiv
266. or Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table 3 1 Factory Defaults for the Display Settings continued Time Format 2400hr Time format can be 24 hour military time or 12 hour 2400hr AM PM clock with AM and PM VFD Sensitivity Off Sensitivity value for the proximity sensor for the 2 1 0 6 ft 0 15 m VFD display only 2 0 12 ft 0 31 m 3 0 20 ft 0 51 m Display Timer 1 5 10 or 15 minutes Number of minutes the display remains illuminated 5 after inactivity Custom Quantity Creating custom quantities is an advanced feature that is not required for basic setup To learn more about this feature see Creating Custom Quantities to be Displayed on page 32 Custom Screen Setting Up the Communications Setting the Device Address RS 485 RS 232 and Infrared Port Communications Setup 12 Creating custom screens is an advanced feature that is not required for basic setup To learn more about this feature see Creating Custom Screens on page 35 The Communications menu lets you set up the following communications e RS 485 communications for daisy chain communication of the circuit monitor and other RS 485 devices e RS amp 232 communications for point to point communication between the the circuit monitor and a host device such as a PC or modem Infrared Port communications between the circuit monitor and a laptop computer available
267. ossible wiring errors when you initiate the wiring test on the Diagnostics menu Running the test is not required but may help you to pinpoint a potentially miswired connection Before running the wiring test you must first wire the circuit monitor and perform the minimum set up of the circuit monitor which includes setting up these parameters e CT primary and secondary PT primary and secondary e System type e Frequency After you have wired and completed the minimum set up run the wiring test to verify proper wiring of your circuit monitor The wiring test assumes that the following is true about your system e Voltage connection Van 4 wire or Vab 3 wire is correct This connection must be properly wired for the wiring check program to work e 3 phase system The system must be a 3 phase system You cannot perform a wiring check on a single phase system e System type The wiring check can be performed only on the six possible system types 3D3W2CT 3 3W3CT 3 4W3CT 304W4CT 49 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Running the Diagnostics Wiring Error Test 50 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 304W3CT2PT and 34W4CT2PT system types are described in the installation manual Expected displacement power factor is between 60 lagging and 99 leading The load must be at least 1 of the CT Primary setting This wiring error program is based on the assumptions above and b
268. otal 1 nteger RO N F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase real power Apparent Power 32 767 32 767 Apparent Power SA 1048 Phase A 1 nteger no N j kvas ale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Apparent Power 32 767 32 767 Apparent Power SB 1049 Phase B 1 nteger ne a Rav Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Apparent Power 32 767 32 767 Apparent Power SC 1050 Phase C nteger e X F kvA Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Apparent Power 7 B 4 wire system SA SB SC 1051 Total 1 nteger RO N F kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 3 wire system 3 Phase real power 100 ms Metering Power Facto True Power 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1060 Factor Phase A 1 nteger RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only True Power 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1061 Factor Phase B 1 nteger RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power i 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only True Power 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1062 Factor Phase C 1 nteger RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power g 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only True Power 1 000 Derived using the complete harmonic 1063 Factor Total 1 nteger RO N n 0 001 100 to 100 content of real and apparent power Derived using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power 4 Alternate True 0 2 000 wire sy
269. ount motor starts Digital inputs can also be associated 71 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities DEMAND SYNCH PULSE INPUT 72 12 2005 with an external relay which can trigger a waveform capture in the circuit monitor You can log digital input transitions as events in the circuit monitor s on board alarm log The event is date and time stamped with resolution to the millisecond for sequence of events recording The circuit monitor counts OFF to ON transitions for each input and you can reset this value using the command interface Digital inputs have four operating modes Normal wuse the normal mode for simple on off digital inputs In normal mode digital inputs can be used to count KYZ pulses for demand and energy calculation Using the input pulse demand feature you can map multiple inputs to the same channel where the circuit monitor can total pulses from multiple inputs see Input Metering Demand on page 65 in Metering Capabilities for more information To accurately count pulses set the time between transitions from OFF to ON and ON to OFF to at least 20 milliseconds Demand Interval Synch Pulse you can configure any digital input to accept a demand synch pulse from a utility demand meter see Demand Synch Pulse Input on page 72 for more about this topic For each demand profile you can designate only one input as a demand s
270. ovide a record of events in the on board alarm log the circuit monitor uses standard alarms When the evaluation is enabled certain alarm positions will be claimed for use in the evaluation You cannot use these alarms for other purposes while the evaluation is enabled These alarms include e Over Voltage Standard speed alarm positions 75 77 e Under Voltage Standard speed alarm positions 78 80 e Disturbance voltage sags and swells Disturbance alarm positions 1 3 and 5 13 e Transient Overvoltages Impulsive transient alarm EN50160 is included in the alarm label for alarms being used by this evaluation 123 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring Flicker Monitoring Harmonic Calculations Time Intervals EN50160 Evaluation of Meter Data Power Frequency Supply Voltage Variations Flicker Severity 1 124 12 2005 When EN50160 evaluation is enabled you can configure flicker monitoring This feature is available only in the CM4000T model The settings specified in the standard are e Pst duration 10 minutes e Plt duration 12 x Pst When EN50160 evaluation is enabled the harmonic calculations will be set to update every 10 seconds You can select the format of the harmonic calculations to be Nominal Fundamental or RMS Time intervals are synchronized with the Trending and Forecasting feature Refer to the POWERLOGIC
271. ower Factor _ gt _ gt _ gt Fundamental Power Power Factor 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 69 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities HARMONIC POWER 70 Table 4 5 Power Analysis Values Value 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Reportable Range THD Voltage Current 3 phase per phase neutral 0 to 3 276 7 thd Voltage Current 3 phase per phase neutral 0 to 3 276 7 Total Demand Distortion 0 to 10 000 K Factor per phase 0 0 to 100 0 K Factor Demand per phase O 0 0 to 100 0 Crest Factor per phase 0 0 to 100 0 Displacement P F per phase 3 phase 0 010 to 1 000 to 0 010 Fundamental Voltages per phase Magnitude 0 to 1 200 kV Angle 0 0 to 359 9 Fundamental Currents per phase Magnitude 0 to 32 767 A Angle 0 0 to 359 9 Fundamental Real Power per phase 3 phase 0 to 32 767 kW Fundamental Reactive Power per phase 0 to 32 767 kKVAR Harmonic Power per phase 3 phase 0 to 32 767 kW Phase Rotation ABC or CBA Unbalance current and voltage 0 0 to 100 0 Individual Harmonic Magnitudes 09 0 to 327 67 Individual Harmonic AnglesO Distortion Power 0 0 to 359 9 32 767 to 32 767 Distortion Power Factor 0 to 1 000 Readings are obtained only through communications K Factor not available
272. ower Factor 1 Integer RO N xx 0 001 100 to 100 ssid otthe tealand apparent Phase A 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Derived using only fundamental Displacement 1 000 1169 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N xx 0 001 100 to 100 monie ofthe eal and apparsnt Phase B 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Derived using only fundamental Displacement 1 000 1170 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 aoe of the real and apparent Phase C 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Displacement 1 000 Derived using only fundamental 1171 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 100 to 100 frequency of the real and apparent Total power Derived using only fundamental frequency of the real and apparent Aea nt 0 2 000 power 4 wire system only Reported 1172 E e EAAS 1 Integer RO N xx 0 001 32 768 if N A Value is mapped from 0 2000 with Phase A 3 1000 representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental frequency of the real and apparent Alternate power 4 wire system only Reported Displacement 0 2 000 A 1173 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 32 768 if N A value is mapped from 0 2000 with Phase B i 1000 representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using only fundamental frequency of the real and apparent Alternate power 4 wire system only Reported Displacement 0 2
273. p to 50 pulses per second in a 3 wire application Figure 5 4 Three wire pulse train ye e e e e kot ot oet ot o ze e e e eb 1 2 3 7 5 KZ 79 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities 12 2005 CALCULATING THE KILOWATTHOUR This section shows an example of how to calculate kilowatthours per pulse PER PULSE VALUE To calculate this value first determine the highest kW value you can expect and the required pulse rate In this example the following assumptions are made e The metered load should not exceed 1600 kW e About two KYZ pulses per second should occur at full scale Step 1 Convert 1600 kW load into kWh second 1600 kW 1 Hr 1600 kWh 1600 kWh X kWh 1 hour 1 second 1600 kWh X kWh 3600 seconds 1 second X 1600 3600 0 4444 kWh second Step 2 Calculate the kWh required per pulse 0 4444 kWh second 2 pulses second 0 2222 kWh pulse Step 3 Round to nearest hundredth since the circuit monitor only accepts 0 01 kWh increments Ke 0 22 kWh pulse Summary e 93 wire application 0 22 kWh pulse provides approximately 2 pulses per second at full scale e 2 wire application 0 11 kWh pulse provides approximately 2 pulses per second at full scale To convert to the kWh pulse required for a 2 wire application divide Ke by 2 This is
274. peres Scale 0 32 767 0 32 767 RMS RMS 1303 1304 Minimum Current Neutral Minimum Current Ground Integer Integer RO RO Amperes Sca 0 Amperes Scale 0 32 767 32 768 if N A 0 32 767 32 768 if N A RMS 4 wire system only Minimum calculated RMS ground current 1305 Minimum Current 3 Phase Average Integer RO Amperes Scal oJ 0 32 767 Minimum calculated mean of Phases A B amp C 1306 Minimum Current Apparent RMS Integer RO Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Minimum peak instantaneous current of Phase A B or C divided by V2 1307 Minimum Current Unbalance Phase A RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 190 Integer RO XX 0 10 0 1 000 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Minimum Current 1308 Unbalance 1 ntege
275. plays Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the alarms Log Position AIGH PRIORITY LOG Alarm Name Over Van q Unacknowl edged Indicates alarm is Relay Assigned No unacknowledged bo Indicates whether a relay is assigned The High Priority Alarms screen displays the ten most recent high priority alarms When you acknowledge the high priority alarms all digital outputs relays that are configured for latched mode will be released To acknowledge all high priority alarms follow these steps 1 After viewing the alarms press the menu button to exit The display asks you whether you would like to acknowledge the alarm E AI GH PRI ORI TY EENE Acknowl edge Alarms No 2 To acknowledge the alarms press the arrow button to change No to Yes Then press the enter button 3 Press the menu button to exit NOTE You have acknowledged the alarms but the LED will continue to flash as long as any high priority alarm is active 46 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 VIEWING I O STATUS HARMONIC VALUES 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation The I O Display menu shows the ON or OFF status of the digital inputs or outputs For analog inputs and outputs it displays the present value To view the status of inputs and outputs 1 From th
276. put current When the register value is above the upper limit the circuit monitor outputs the maximum output current For instructions on setting up an analog output in SMS see the SMS online help on device set up of the circuit monitor CAUTION HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE Each analog output represents an individual 2 wire current loop therefore use an isolated receiver for each individual analog output on the I O Extender IOX Failure to observe this instruction can result in equipment damage 81 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities Analog Output Example 82 12 2005 Figure 5 5 illustrates the relationship between the output range of current in milliamperes and the upper and lower limit of power usage real power in kW In this example the analog output has been configured as follows Register Number 1143 Real Power 3 Phase Total Lower Limit 100 kW Upper Limit 500 kW Table 5 3 shows the output current at various register readings Table 5 3 Sample register readings for analog output Register Reading kW Output Current mA 50 4 100 4 200 8 250 10 500 20 550 20 Figure 5 5 Analog output example Output Current Maximum una Sunen 20 mA Minimum 4 mA oput Curent ii Real Power 3 Total from register 1143 100 kW 500 kW me m
277. r RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase A B Voltage S Percent Voltage Unbalance 1130 Unbalance B C 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase B C Voltage _ Percent Voltage Unbalance 1131 Unbalance C A 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase C A RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 182 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 3 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued 00 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Voltage 1132 Unbalance Max 1 nteger RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Percent Voltage Unbalance Worst L L L L Percent Voltage Unbalance Voltage 0 1 000 1133 4 1 nteger RO N XX 0 10 a Phase A N Unbalance A N 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Percent Voltage Unbalance Voltage 0 1 000 f 1134 Unbalance B N 1 nteger RO N XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Phase B N 4 wire system only Percent Voltage Unbalance Voltage 0 1 000 1135 j 1 nteger RO N XX 0 10 oF Phase C N Unbalance C N 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Voltage 0 1 000 Percent Voltage Unbalance 1136
278. r RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase B Minimum Current 1309 Unbalance 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Phase C Minimum Current 1310 Unbalance Max 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Minimum Voltage Minimum Minimum fundamental RMS Voltage 1320 Voltage A B 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32767 between A amp B Minimum Minimum fundamental RMS Voltage 1321 Voltage B C 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32767 between B amp C Minimum Minimum fundamental RMS Voltage 1322 Voltage C A 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32767 between C amp A Minimum SA 1323 Voltage L L 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale oaze ninn tindamena RMS Average Average E vortage PAS Minimum fundamental RMS Voltage JDA ilaa aa 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale ee seen between A amp N ge i 4 wire system only a Minimum fundamental RMS Voltage 1325 VLR 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale Cp EAN JA between B amp N ge i 4 wire system only P is Minimum fundamental RMS Voltage 1326 PAUAR 1 nteger RO Y D Volts Scale ee a ie JA between C amp N ge i 4 wire system only Minimum fundamental RMS Voltage Minimum 0 32767 between N amp G 1327 Voltage N G nteger RO N E Volts Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system with 4 element metering only Minimum 0 32767 Minimum fundamental RMS L N 1328 Voltage L N 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 32 768 if N A Voltage Average 4 wire system only Minimum Voltage 1329 Unbalance A B 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 10 0 1 000 Minimum Volt
279. r more about the Min Max Average log 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities From the circuit monitor display you can e View all min max values since the last reset and view their associated dates and times See Viewing Minimum and Maximum Values from the Min Max Menu on page 43 for instructions e Reset min max values See Resetting Min Max Demand and Energy Values on page 41 for reset instructions Using SMS you can also upload both onboard logs and their associated dates and times from the circuit monitor and save them to disk For instructions on working with logs using SMS refer to the SMS online help file included with the software Power Factor Min Max Conventions All running min max values except for power factor are arithmetic minimum and maximum values For example the minimum phase A B voltage is the lowest value in the range 0 to 1200 kV that has occurred since the min max values were last reset In contrast because the power factor s midpoint is unity equal to one the power factor min max values are not true arithmetic minimums and maximums Instead the minimum value represents the measurement closest to 0 on a continuous scale for all real time readings 0 to 1 00 to 0 The maximum value is the measurement closest to 0 on the same scale Figure 4 1 below shows t
280. r of times the KYZ pulse output is overdriven Number of input metering accumulation resets 104 Number of times input pulse demand metering has been reset 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 MEMORY ALLOCATION Figure 7 1 Memory allocation example Available Space Data Log 3 Data Log 2 Data Log 1 ral 6 E o 2 w A 5 6 Zz 5 E 6 5 2 5 gs Alarm Log 100 ms Event Recordings Adaptive Waveform seconds If you want to add a new log file but the file is too large for the available space you must either e reduce the size of Data Log 4 or reduce the size of one or more of the existing files 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 7 Logging The circuit monitor s standard nonvolatile memory is 16 MB and can be upgraded to 32 MB and higher See Upgrading Memory in the Circuit Monitor on page 136 for more information about upgrading memory When using SMS to set up a circuit monitor you must allocate the total data storage capacity between the following logs and recorded information Alarm log e Steady state waveform capture e Disturbance waveform capture cycles e Adaptive waveform capture seconds e 100 ms rms event recording e Upto 14 data logs e Min Max Average log In addition the choices you make for the items listed below directl
281. ransformer Crest Factor 1225 Voltage A N A B 1 Integer RO N XX 0 01 0 10 000 Voltage A N 4 wire system ge Voltage A B 3 wire system RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 186 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes 1226 Crest Factor Voltage B N B C Integer RO N XX 0 01 0 10 000 Transformer Crest Factor Voltage B N 4 wire system Voltage B C 3 wire system 1227 Crest Factor Voltage C N C A Integer RO XX 0 01 0 10 000 Transformer Crest Factor Voltage C N 4 wire system Voltage C A 3 wire system Fundam ental Magnitudes and Angles Current 1230 Current Fundamenta RMS Magnitude Phase A nteger RO Amperes Scale 0 32 767 1231 Current Fundamenta Coincident Angle Phase A nteger RO XX 0 1 0 3 599 Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle 1232 Current Fundamenta RMS Magnitude Phase B nteger RO Amperes Scale 0 32 767 1233 Cur
282. rate as a pulse initiator with a user defined number of kVARh per pulse In this mode both forward and reverse reactive energy are treated as additive as in a tie circuit breaker kVAh Pulse This mode assigns the relay to operate as a pulse initiator with a user defined number of kVAh per pulse Since kVA has no sign the kKVAh pulse has only one mode kWh In Pulse This mode assigns the relay to operate as a pulse initiator with a user defined number of kWh per pulse In this mode only the kWh flowing into the load is considered kVARh In Pulse This mode assigns the relay to operate as a pulse initiator with a user defined number of kVARh per pulse In this mode only the KVARh flowing into the load is considered kWh Out Pulse This mode assigns the relay to operate as a pulse initiator with a user defined number of kWh per pulse In this mode only the kWh flowing out of the load is considered kVARh Out Pulse This mode assigns the relay to operate as a pulse initiator with a user defined number of kVARh per pulse In this mode only the KVARh flowing out of the load is considered 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 MECHANICAL RELAY OUTPUTS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities The optional Input Output Card IOC44 provides three Form C 10 A mechanical relays that can be used
283. rd recloser sequences too The waveform in Figure 9 2 shows the magnitude of a voltage sag which persists until the remote fault is cleared Figure 9 2 Waveform showing voltage sag which was caused by a remote fault and lasted five cycles Phase B N Voltage 174 87 114 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 CAPABILITIES OF THE CIRCUIT MONITOR DURING AN EVENT 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring With the information obtained from the circuit monitor during a disturbance you can solve disturbance related problems including the following e Obtain accurate measurement from your power system Identify the number of sags swells or interruptions for evaluation Determine the source user or utility of sags or swells Accurately distinguish between sags and interruptions with accurate recording of the time and date of the occurrence Provide accurate data in equipment specification ride through etc e Determine equipment sensitivity Compare equipment sensitivity of different brands contactor dropout drive sensitivity etc Diagnose mysterious events such as equipment failure contactor dropout computer glitches etc Compare actual sensitivity of equipment to published standards Use waveform capture to determine exact disturban
284. re useful for detecting conditions such as over current and under voltage Up to 80 alarms can be set up in this group High speed alarms have a detection rate of 100 milliseconds and are useful for detecting voltage sags and swells that last a few cycles Up to 20 alarms can be set up in this group Disturbance monitoring alarms have a detection rate of one cycle and are useful for detecting voltage sags and swells Up to 20 alarms can be set up in this group Digital alarms are triggered by an exception such as the transition of a status input or the end of an incremental energy interval Up to 40 alarms can be set up in this group Boolean alarms have a detection rate of the alarms used as inputs They are used to combine specific alarms into summary alarm information Up to 15 alarms can be set up in this group Transient alarms are set up using the CM4000T They detect and capture high speed impulsive transients Waveshape alarms compare present and previous waveforms to identify changes too small to be detected by a disturbance alarm Up to 4 alarms can be set up in this group 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 19 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation Setpoint Learning 20 12 2005 e Select the alarm that you want to configure Keep the default name or enter a new name with up to 15 characters Enable the a
285. re that you define setpoints This includes all alarms for over under and phase unbalance alarm conditions Other alarm conditions such as digital input transitions and phase reversals do not require setpoints For those alarm conditions that require setpoints you must define the following information e Pickup Setpoint e Pickup Delay depending on the alarm group you choose the time in seconds 100 ms increments or cycles e Dropout Setpoint e Dropout Delay depending on the alarm group you choose the time in seconds 100 ms increments or cycles NOTE Alarms with both Pickup and Dropout setpoints set to zero are invalid To understand how the circuit monitor handles setpoint driven alarms see Figure 6 2 Figure 6 1 shows what the actual alarm Log entries for Figure 6 2 might look like as displayed by SMS NOTE The software does not actually display the codes in parentheses EV1 EV2 Max1 Max2 These are references to the codes in Figure 6 2 Figure 6 1 Sample alarm log entry EV2 Max2 Aberin Log 2001 5 16 34 990 PM CM4000 Office T 5 ns Vokoge Curert Swell Dropout 14 2001 516 34 981 PM CM4000 Office wel 69 Vokage Cumert Swell Dopet 14 2001 5 16 31 297 PM OCM4000 Ullice 5 I boty Votege Lurert Swell Pickup 151631181 PM CM4000 Office Swed l 51 Vokage Cumert Swel Dreger 1 5 16 37 0391 PM CM4000 Uline 4 Vokags Durerk Swell Pickup 2001 5 16 30 997 PM CM4000 Office S 65 Vokege Curert Swal Pickup 2001 339 28 40
286. rent Fundamenta Coincident Angle Phase B nteger RO XX 0 1 0 3 599 Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle 1234 Current Fundamenta RMS Magnitude Phase C nteger RO Amperes Scale 0 32 767 1235 1236 Current Fundamenta Coincident Angle Phase C Current Fundamenta RMS Magnitude Neutral nteger nteger RO RO XX 0 1 Amperes Scale 0 3 599 0 32 767 32 768 if N A Referenced to A N A B Voltage Angle 4 wire system only 1237 Current Fundamenta Coincident Angle Neutral nteger RO XX 0 1 0 3 599 32 768 if N A Referenced to A N 4 wire system only 1238 Current Fundamenta RMS Magnitude Ground nteger RO Amperes Scale 0 32 767 32 768 if N A 1239 Current Fundamenta Coincident Angle Ground nteger RO XX 0 1 0 3 599 32 768 if N A Referenced to A N Fundam ental Magnitudes and Angles Vo Itage 1244 Voltage Fundamenta RMS Magnitude A N A B nteger RO Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage A N 4 wire system Voltage A B 3 wire system 1245 Voltage Fundamenta Coincident Angle A N A B nteger RO XX 0 1 0 3 599 Referenced to A N 4 wire or A B 3 wire 1246 Voltage Fundamenta RMS Magnitude B N B C nteger RO Volts Scale 0 32 767
287. ric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Creating Custom Screens 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation You choose the quantities standard or custom that are to be displayed on a custom screen To display a custom quantity you must first create it so that it appears on the Quantities List See Creating Custom Quantities to be Displayed on page 32 for instructions To create a custom screen follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup The password prompt displays 2 Select your password The default password is 0 The Setup menu displays SETUP gt Date amp Ti me Display Communications Meter Alarm 1 0 eee Passwords a 3 Select Display The Display Setup menu displays C DISPLAY Language English Date MM DDI YYYY Ti me Format AM PM VFD Sensitivity 2 Display Timer 5 Min Custom Quantity Custom Screen eS 4 Select Custom Screen The Custom Screen Setup screen displays id CUSTOM SCREEN SETUP gt Custom Screen 1 Custom Screen Custom Screen Custom Screen Custom Screen ul amp Ww MrN 35 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation 36 5 Select a custom screen In this example we selected Custom Screen 1 Lid SCREEN 1 gt
288. rmonic Current and Voltage Minimum 1474 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Current Phase A Minimum 1475 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Current Phase B Minimum 1476 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Current Phase C Minimum 032 767 1477 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y B Amperes Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Current Neutral 5 Minimum A 1478 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 yotage AN ais ea Voltage A N A B 9 y Minimum 1479 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Vortage B A aio SA Voltage B N B C 9 y Minimum oe 1480 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 327687 Voltage O N E T Voltage C N C A 9 y Minimum Total 1481 Demand 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Distortion RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 198 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Minimum Sequence Components Minimum Current Positive Sequence Magnitude 1484 1 nteger RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Minimum
289. rs You can organize data log files in many ways One possible way is to organize log files according to the logging interval You might also define a log file for entries forced by alarm conditions For example you could set up four data log files as follows Log voltage every minute Make the file large enough to hold 60 Data Log 5 entries so that you could look back over the last hour s voltage readings Log voltage current and power hourly for a historical record over Data Log 6 a longer period Log energy once every day Make the file large enough to hold 31 Data Log 7 entries so that you could look back over the last month and see daily energy use Report by exception The report by exception file contains data log entries that are forced by the occurrence of an alarm condition See the previous section Alarm Driven Data Log Entries for more information Data Log 8 NOTE The same data log file can support both scheduled and alarm driven entries Each defined data log file entry stores a date and time and requires some additional overhead To minimize storage space occupied by dates times and file overhead use a few log files that log many values as opposed to many log files that store only a few values each Consider that storage space is also affected by how many data log files you use up to 14 and how many registers are logged in each entry up to 96 for each data log file See Memo
290. rsons performing diagnostics or troubleshooting that require electrical conductors to be energized must comply with NFPA 70 E Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces and OSHA Standards 29 CFR Part 1910 Subpart S Electrical e Carefully inspect the work area for tools and objects that may have been left inside the equipment e Use caution while removing or installing panels so that they do not extend into the energized bus avoid handling the panels which could cause personal injury Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury Possible Solution When the red maintenance LED is illuminated Maintenance LED is added to the menu under Diagnostics Error messages display to indicate the reason the LED is illuminated Note these error messages and call Technical Support or contact your local sales representative for assistance The green control power LED is not illuminated on the circuit monitor The circuit monitor is not receiving the necessary power Verify that the circuit monitor line L and neutral N terminals terminals 25 and 27 are receiving the necessary power The display is blank after applying control power to the circuit monitor The display is not receiving the necessary power or communications signal from the circuit monitor Verify that the display cable is properly inserted into the connectors on the displ
291. rtal Description Size Data Register 9 Range 1 Register 17 Range 2 Bitmap of evaluation status of individual evaluations Bit 00 Ib H7 Bit 01 Ic H7 Bit 02 la H9 Bit 03 Ib H9 Bit 04 Ic H9 Bit 05 la H11 Bit 06 Ib H11 Bit 07 Ic H11 Bit 08 la H13 Bit 09 Ib H13 Bit 10 Ic H13 Bit 11 Reserved Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Reserved Bit 14 Reserved Bit 15 Reserved 38271 38390 Summary of Meter Data Evaluations by Item 33 Register number of Metered Quantity can be used to confirm data item being reported Register value present metered value Average value at end of last completed averaging time period Minimum value during the last completed averaging time period Maximum value during the last completed averaging time period Minimum value during this interval Maximum value during this interval Minimum value during the last interval Maximum value during the last interval Percent in Evaluation Range 1 this interval Percent in Evaluation Range 2 this interval when applicable Percent in Evaluation Range 1 last interval Percent in Evaluation Range 2 last interval when applicable Count of average values in Evaluation Range 1 MOD10L2 Count of average values in Evaluation Range 2 MOD10L2 Count of total valid averages for Evaluation of Range 1 MOD10L2 Count of total valid averages for Evaluation of Range 2 MOD10L2 Date Time Last Excursio
292. ry x100 number by 10 No PT For a direct connect installation select No PT PT Primary 1 32 767 Set the rating for the PT primary 120 PT Secondary 100 Set the rating for the PT secondaries 120 110 115 120 Sys Type 303W2CT 3 3W2CT is system type 30 3 4W3CT 40 303W3CT 3 3W3CT is system type 31 304W3CT 3 4W3CT is system type 40 304W4CT 3 4W4CT is system type 41 3804W3CT2PT 3804W3CT2PT is system type 42 3O4W4CT2PT 304W4CT2PT is system type 43 Set the system type A system type code is assigned to each type of system connection See Table 5 2 in the installation manual for a description of system connection types Frequency Hz 50 60 or 400 Hz Frequency of the system 60 18 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation Table 3 3 Options for Meter Setup continued Pwr Dmd Meth Select the power demand calculation method The circuit monitor supports several methods to calculate Slide average demand of real power See Demand Power Calculation Methods on page 59 for a detailed description Slide Sliding Block Demand Slave Slave Block Demand Therm Thermal Demand RComms Command Synchronized Rolling Block Demand Comms Command Synchronized Block Demand Rinput Input Synchronized Rolling Block Demand Input Input Synchronized Block Demand RClock Clock Synchronized Rolling Blo
293. ry Allocation on page 105 for additional storage considerations 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 MIN MAX LOGS Min Max Log Interval Min Max Average Log 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 7 Logging There are two Min Max logs e Min Max log e Interval Min Max Average log When any real time reading reaches its highest or lowest value the circuit monitor saves the value in the Min Max log You can use SMS to view and reset this log For instructions refer to the SMS online help You can also view the min max values from the display From the Main Menu select Min Max and then select the value you d like to view such as amperes volts or frequency See Viewing Minimum and Maximum Values from the Min Max Menu on page 43 in this manual for detailed instructions The Min Max log cannot be customized In addition to the Min Max log the circuit monitor has a Min Max Average log The Min Max Average log stores 23 quantities which are listed below At each interval the circuit monitor records a minimum a maximum and an average value for each quantity It also records the date and time for each interval along with the date and time for each minimum and maximum value within the interval For example every hour the default log will log the minimum voltage for phase A over the last hour the maximum voltag
294. s then press the enter button to save the changes 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Cycling Screens on the Display 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation You can set up your display to cycle through summary screens as well as any custom screens You can set this interval for cycling anywhere from one second to 60 seconds Setting the interval to zero disables cycling If the display is set to cycle through screens it begins doing so after four minutes have passed and you have not pressed any keys It continues cycling until you press a key To activate this feature set the interval for cycling in register 3603 See Using the Command Interface to Change Configuration Registers on page 162 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Chapter 3 Operation MAIN MENU OVERVIEW Figure 3 4 Menu Options Main Menu METERS Summary l Power I Power Quality I Energy Power Demand i Current Demand Custom MIN MAX I Current h Voltage Frequency Power Power Factor thd A VIEW ALARMS ar Active Alarms List pit High Priority Log 1 MAIN MENU i 1 Meters lt 4 1 I O DISPLAY Min Max lt 4 Digital Inputs View Alarms lt 4 Analog Inputs O Display lt 4
295. s each time the setpoints and time delays assigned to Undervoltage Phase A are satisfied the circuit monitor automatically operates relays R1 R2 and R3 according to their configured mode of operation See Relay Output Operating Modes on page 75 for a description of the operating modes Also you can assign multiple alarm conditions to a relay For example relay AR1 on the IOC44 card could have Undervoltage Phase A and Undervoltage Phase B assigned to it The relay would operate whenever either condition occurred NOTE Setpoint controlled relay operation can be used for some types of non time critical relaying For more information see Setpoint Controlled Relay Functions on page 86 This section describes the pulse output capabilities of the circuit monitor For instructions on wiring the KYZ pulse output see Wiring the Solid State KYZ Output in the Wiring section of the installation manual The circuit monitor is equipped with one solid state KYZ pulse output located near the option card slots The IOC 44 option card also has a solid state KYZ output The solid state relays provides the extremely long life billions of operations required for pulse initiator applications The KYZ output is a Form C contact with a maximum rating of 100 mA Because most pulse initiator applications feed solid state receivers with low burdens this 100 mA rating is adequate for most applications For applications where a
296. s these values are in Peak not rms 9226 for Magnitude 1 9227 for Magnitude 3 9228 for Duration 1 9229 for Duration 3 3 Write 1 to register 8001 4 Write 9021 to register 8000 to exit Setup and save changes 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T TRANSIENT WAVEFORM CAPTURES 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Using waveform captures you can view each detected transient Each time an impulsive transient event is detected the CM4000T records two waveform captures when waveform capture is enabled The first waveform capture is a transient waveform capture that records the signal on each of the three voltage inputs at a rate of 83 333 samples per cycle The transient waveform capture will display voltage transients up to 5 kV peak magnitude for a 4 wire configuration and up to 10 kV for a L L 3 wire configuration when direct connected The second waveform capture is a disturbance waveform capture that is configured using the display or SMS SMS will indicate all transient captures that are contained within each disturbance waveform capture The disturbance waveform capture can range from seven channels at a rate of 512 samples per cycle for 28 cycles to seven channels at a rate of 16 samples per cycle for 915 cycles see Table 11 6 It is recommended that the disturban
297. s 102 creating levels for multiple alarms 85 custom alarms 21 86 impulsive transients 142 introduction to 83 priorities 85 scaling alarm setpoints 89 90 setpoint learning 20 setpoints 84 setup 19 24 types 87 using with waveform captures 107 108 viewing 45 46 waveshape 97 allocating memory 105 analog input 73 example 74 set up 73 analog output 81 example 82 using with isolated receivers 81 baud rate 139 setup 13 bell sounding alarm with relays 86 block interval demand method 60 Boolean alarms 83 logic gates 96 buttons 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual on the display 7 Cc calculating duration of an event 85 watthours per pulse 80 calibration of circuit monitor 137 capacitor banks 141 changing date format of circuit monitor 11 scale factors 89 channels using to verify utility charges 65 circuit monitor accessories 1 specifications 167 clock synchronized demand 62 CM4000T 141 command interface changing configuration registers 162 issuing commands 158 operating outputs 162 overview 157 registers for 157 scale factors 166 command synchronized demand 62 communications problems with PC communication 139 conditional energy controlling from the command interface 163 register for 163 consumption pulse weight 65 scale factor 65 contacting technical support 137 contrast adjusting contrast on display 8 controlling relays 75 correlation
298. s the data in up to 14 independent data log files in its memory Some data log files are preconfigured at the factory You can accept the preconfigured data logs or change them to meet your specific needs You can set up each data log to store the following information Timed Interval 1 second to 24 hours how often the values are logged First In First Out FIFO or Fill and Hold e Values to be logged up to 96 registers along with the date and time of each log entry Use SMS to clear each data log file independently of the others from the circuit monitor s memory For instructions on setting up and clearing data log files refer to the SMS online help file 101 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 7 Logging Alarm Driven Data Log Entries Organizing Data Log Files Data Log Storage 102 12 2005 The circuit monitor can detect over 100 alarm conditions including over under conditions digital input changes phase unbalance conditions and more See Alarms on page 83 for more information Use SMS to assign each alarm condition one or more tasks including forcing data log entries into one or more data log files For example assume that you ve defined 14 data log files Using SMS you could select an alarm condition such as Overcurrent Phase A and set up the circuit monitor to force data log entries into any of the 14 log files each time the alarm condition occu
299. s to all channels See the SMS online help for instructions on device set up of the circuit monitor 65 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities Figure 4 6 Building A 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Input pulse metering example To Utility Meter on Feeder 1 To Utility Meter on Feeder 2 Channel 1 Pulses from both inputs are totaled Channel 2 Pulses from only one input For all channels Units kWh for consumption data kW for demand data Fixed block demand with 15 min interval An SMS table shows the demand calculation results by channel ENERGY READINGS Table 4 4 Energy Readings Energy Reading 3 Phase The circuit monitor calculates and stores accumulated energy values for real and reactive energy kWh and kVARh both into and out of the load and also accumulates absolute apparent energy Table 4 4 lists the energy values the circuit monitor can accumulate Reportable Range Shown on the Display Accumulated Energy Real Signed Absolute Reactive Signed Absolute 9 999 999 999 999 999 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 Wh 9 999 999 999 999 999 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 VARh 0000 000 kWh to 99 999 99 MWh and 0000 000 to 99 999 99 MVARh Real In Real Out Reactive In Reactive Out Apparent 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 Wh 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 Wh 0 to 9 999 999 999 999 999 VARh 0 to 9 999 999 9
300. scale factor is the multiplier expressed as a power of 10 For example a multiplier of 10 is represented as a scale factor of 1 since 10 10 a multiplier of 100 is represented as a scale factor of 2 since 107 100 You can change the default value of 1 to other values such as 10 100 or 1 000 However these scale factors are automatically selected when you set up the circuit monitor either from the display or by using SMS If the circuit monitor displays overflow for any reading change the scale factor to bring the reading back into a range that fits in the register For example because the register cannot store a number as large as 138 000 a 138 kV system requires a multiplier of 10 138 000 is converted to 13 800 x 10 The circuit monitor stores this value as 13 800 with a scale factor of 1 because 10 10 Scale factors are arranged in scale groups You can use the command interface to change scale factors on a group of metered values However be aware of these important points if you choose to change scale factors Notes e We strongly recommend that you do not change the default scale factors which are automatically selected by POWERLOGIC hardware and software e When using custom software to read circuit monitor data over the communications link you must account for these scale factors To correctly read any metered value with a scale factor other than 0 multiply the register value read by the appropriate power o
301. se peak apparent power demand 2189 Cumulative Demand Apparent Power 3 Phase Total Long RO kVA Scale 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 Cumulative Demand Apparent Power 2191 Power Factor Average Peak Demand Apparent Power nteger RO XX 0 001 1 000 100 to 100 32 768 if N A Average True Power Factor at the time of the Peak Apparent Demand 2192 Power Demand Real Peak Demand Apparent Power nteger RO kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Real Power Demand at the time of the Peak Apparent Demand 2193 System 3000 Power Demand Reactive Peak Demand Apparent Power Configuration Circuit Monitor Label nteger Character RO R CW XX kVAr Scale XXXXXXX 0 32 767 XXXXXXX Reactive Power Demand at the time of the Peak Apparent Demand 3002 Circuit Monitor Nameplate Character R CW XX XXXXXXX XXXXXXX 3014 3034 Circuit Monitor Present Operating System Firmware Revision Level Present Date Time Integer DateTime RO RO XX XX XXXXXXX See Template 0x0000 OxFFFF See Template 3039 3043 3044 Last Unit Restart Date Time Number of Metering System Restarts Number of Control Power Failures DateTime Integer Integer RO RO RO XX XX XX See Template See Template 0 32 767 0
302. ses Use the arrow buttons to scroll and view the short term and long term flicker values You can view flicker data on web pages Refer to the POWERLOGIC Web Pages instruction bulletin 63230 304 207 The data registers and time stamps for the flicker registers are FIFO buffers The Master Register List is available for download at www powerlogic com NOTE The CM4250 does not measure high speed transients or flicker as described in this chapter 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 155 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T 12 2005 156 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix A Using the Command Interface APPENDIX A USING THE COMMAND INTERFACE OVERVIEW OF THE COMMAND INTERFACE 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved The circuit monitor provides a command interface which you can use to issue commands that perform various operations such as controlling relays Table A 2 on page 158 lists the available commands The command interface is located in memory at registers 8000 8149 Table A 1 lists the definitions for the registers Table A 1 Location of the command interface Register Description 8000 This is the register where you write the commands These are the registers where you write the paramet
303. sets the operation counter for all inputs 3368 8001 None Resets turn on time for all inputs 3369 8001 None Resets all counters and timers for all I Os 3370 8001 Analog Output Number Disables specified analog output 3371 8001 Analog Output Number Enables specified analog output 158 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table A 2 Command Codes continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix A Using the Command Interface Command Command Parameter Lee F Parameters Description Code Register 3380 8001 9999 Disables all analog outputs 3381 8002 9999 Enables all analog outputs Resets 4110 None None Resets min max 1 Voltage 4210 8001 2 Current Resets the register based alarm logs 3 Both 5110 None None Resets all demand registers 5111 None None Resets current demand 5112 None None Resets voltage demand 5113 None None Resets power demand 5114 None None Resets input demand 5115 None None Resets generic 1 demand for first group of 10 quantities 5116 None None Resets generic 2 demand for second group of 10 quantities 5210 None None Resets all min max demand 5211 None None Resets current min max demand 5212 None None Resets voltage min max demand 5213 None None Resets power min max demand 5214 None None Resets input min max demand 5215 None None Resets generic 1
304. sfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in seconds 051 052 053 054 Phase Reversal Phase Loss Voltage Phase Loss Current Leading Power Factor The phase reversal alarm will occur whenever the phase voltage waveform rotation differs from the default phase rotation The ABC phase rotation is assumed to be normal If a CBA phase rotation is normal the user should reprogram the circuit monitor s phase rotation ABC to CBA phase rotation The pickup and dropout setpoints and delays for phase reversal do not apply The phase loss voltage alarm will occur when any one or two phase voltages but not all fall to the pickup value and remain at or below the pickup value long enough to satisfy the specified pickup delay When all of the phases remain at or above the dropout value for the dropout delay period or when all of the phases drop below the specified phase loss pickup value the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in seconds The phase loss current alarm will occur when any one or two phase currents but not all fall to the pickup value and remain at or below the pickup value long enough to satisfy the specified pickup delay When all of the phases remain at or above the dropout value for the dropout delay period or when all of the phases drop below the specified phase loss pickup value the alarm will dropout Pickup and
305. st of options Select an option by Ph A amp B Qty Ph C pressing the enter button All Phases Ph A amp C Ph B amp C For 3 wire systems selecting Phase A will configure the transient alarm to monitor Va_p If you select Phases A amp B the transient alarm will monitor Va Band Vec 7 Press the menu button until Save Changes No flashes on the display Select Yes with the arrow button then press the enter button to save the changes Now you are ready to set up and edit the newly created transient alarm 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 145 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T Setting Up and Editing Transient Alarms 146 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Follow the instructions below to set up and edit a transient alarm 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Alarm gt Edit Parameters The Edit Parameters menu displays C EDIT PARAMETERS Standard High Speed Disturbance Digital Boolean Transient Waveshape 2 Select Transient The Select Alarm menu displays SELECT ALARM 01 Impulsive Tran 3 Select the transient alarm The Edit Alarm menu displays Table 11 4 on page 148 describes the options on this menu E EDIT ALARM Lbl Impulsive Trans Enable No Priority No Thresh rms 0 Min Pulse us 0
306. stem only Reported value is 1064 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 32 768 if N A mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase A representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power 4 Alternate True 0 2 000 wire system only Reported value is 1065 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 32 768 if N A mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase B i representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power 4 Alternate True 0 2000 wire system only Reported value is 1066 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 32 768 if N A mapped from 0 2000 with 1000 Phase C representing unity values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading Derived using the complete harmonic content of real and apparent power Alternate True Reported value is mapped from 0 1067 Power Factor 1 Integer RO N XX 0 001 0 2 000 2000 with 1000 representing unity Total values below 1000 representing lagging and values above 1000 representing leading 100 ms Metering Frequency Frequency of circuits being monitored 0 01Hz 4 ede ie If the frequency is out of range the 1080 Frequency 1 Integer RO N xx 400Hz register wil be 92 708 Valus is 0 10Hz 3 500 4 500 ene only if configured
307. stems it measures flicker line to neutral voltage but in 3 wire systems the circuit monitor measures line to internal meter reference not line to line voltage Short term flicker is measured over a period of minutes You can select the number of minutes that the circuit monitor will use to update short term flicker Pg The default setting is 10 minutes which is a generally accepted setting for the short term flicker Psi Long term flicker Py is based on an integer multiple of the short term flicker Pg interval Long term flicker Py is recorded each time a specified number of short term flicker P updates occur For example if short term flicker Pt is set to 10 minutes and long term flicker Py is set to 12 short term updates then the long term flicker Py is recorded every two hours 10 minutes x 12 short term intervals 120 minutes The default setting for 153 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T 12 2005 long term flicker P4 is 12 120 minutes based on a short term flicker Po interval of 10 minutes which is a generally accepted value Short term and long term flicker data are backed up hourly to the memory of the circuit monitor Consequently in the event of control power loss to the circuit monitor a maximum of one hour of data would be lost Setting Up Flicker from the Display To setup flicker from the display follow
308. sturbance digital or boolean Name of the alarm Type such as whether it alarms on an over or under condition Register number of the value that will be alarmed upon To create an alarm follow these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup gt Alarm gt Create Custom The Create Custom screen displays C CREATE CUSTOM gt Standard 1 sec High Speed 100ms Disturbance lt cycle Digital poohe a CM4000T Transient aq Waveshape al Select the Alarm Group for the alarm that you are creating Standard detection rate of 1 second High Speed detection rate of 100 millisecond Disturbance detection rate of less than 1 cycle Digitaltriggered by an exception such as a status input or the end of an interval Boolean triggered by condition of alarms used as inputs Transient detection rate of less than 1 microsecond Waveshape detection rate up to 32 5 microseconds The Select Position screen displays and jumps to the first open position in the alarm list Cc SELECT POSITION 43 Over THD Vbc j 44 Over THD Vca gt 45 21 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation 12 2005 3 Select the position of the new alarm The Alarm Parameters screen displays Ld ALARM PARAMETERS Lb Over THD Vbc Type Over Val _ Qty THD Vbc Table 3
309. t 1195 User Selected 1 nteger RO N a Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 6 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1196 User Selected 1 nteger Ro N XX Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 7 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1197 User Selected 1 meget ne N xX Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 8 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1198 User Selected 1 Integer Re N 3x Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 9 determinations Auxiliary Analog Present value of user selected Input Value Refer to Analog 32 767 32 767 auxiliary analog input 1199 User Selected j Integer Ro N ax Input Setup 32 768 if N A This value will be included in Min Max Input 10 determinations Power Quality THD Total Harmonic Distortion Phase A 00 e 2 Integer RO N xx 0 10 0 32 767 Current Expressed as of fundamental RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See
310. t 120 Vac DC Control Power Operating Input Range 100 300 Vdc Burden 30 W maximum Isolation 3400 Vdc 1 minute Ride through on Power Loss 0 1 second at 120 Vdc Overvoltage Category ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Operating Temperature Meter and Optional Modules Il per IEC 1010 1 second edition 25 to 70 C maximum See information about operating temperature of the circuit monitor in the installation guide Remote Display VFD model is 20 to 70 C LCD model is 20 to 60 C Storage Temperature Meter and Optional Modules 40 to 85 C ADD Standard Remote Display VFD model is 40 to 85 C LCD model is 30 to 80 C Humidity Rating 5 95 Relative Humidity non condensing at 40 C Pollution Degree Il per IEC 1010 1 Altitude Range 0 to 3 000 m 10 000 ft Physical Specifications Weight approximate without add on modules Dimensions REGULATORY STANDARDS COMPLIANCE Electromagnetic Interference Radiated Emissions Conducted Emissions 4 2 Ib 1 90 kg See circuit monitor dimensions in the Series 4000 installation manual FCC Part 15 Class A EN550 II Class A FCC Part 15 Class A EN550 II Class A Electrostatic Discharge Air Discharge IEC 1000 4 2 level 3 Immunity to Electrical Fast Transient IEC 1000 4 4 level 3 Immunity to Surge Impulse Wave IEC 1000 4 5 level 4 up to 6 kv on voltage
311. t Demand shows total and peak demand current for all three phases neutral and ground It also shows the date and time of the peak demand current From the Min Max menu you can view the minimum and maximum values recorded by the circuit monitor and the date and time when that min or max value occurred These values are Current Voltage Frequency Power Power Factor THD 43 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation 12 2005 To use the Min Max menu follow these steps 1 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options on the Min Max menu gt J MINT MAX gt Current Voltage l Frequency J Power Power Factor THD 2 To select a menu option press the enter button The screen for that value displays Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the min max quantities CURRENT A Mi n 0A Zier 0A Press Enter for D T 3 To view the date and time when the minimum and maximum value was reached press the enter button Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the dates and times C J CURRENT A gt Mn 01 22 2000 1 59A Mx 01 22 2000 8 15A J 4 Press the enter button to return to the Min Max values 5 Press the menu button to return to the Min Max menu 44 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 VIEWING ALARMS PowerLo
312. t RMS 1 Integer RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 A Bor C divided by V2 100 ms Metering Voltage Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1020 Voltage A B 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 between A amp B Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1021 Voltage B C 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 between B amp C Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1022 Voltage C A 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 between C amp A Voltage L L z Fundamental RMS 3 Phase Average 1023 Average 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 0 32 767 L L Voltage 0 32 767 Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1024 Voltage A N 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 32 768 if N A between A amp N 4 wire system only 0 32 767 Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1025 Voltage B N 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale 32 768 if N A between B amp N ji 4 wire system only 0 32 767 Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 1026 Voltage C N 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale A between C amp N 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Fundamental RMS Voltage measured 0 32 767 between N amp G 1027 Voltage N G 1 Integer RO N E Noltg Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system with 4 element metering only Fundamental RMS 3 Phase Average Voltage L N 0 32 767 1028 i 1 Integer RO N D Volts Scale z L N Voltage Average 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 100 ms Metering Power Real Power 32 767 32 767 Real Power PA 1040 phase A Integer RO N k KVSAS 32 768 if N A 4 wire system
313. t symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in property damage NOTE Provides additional information to clarify or simplify a procedure PLEASE NOTE Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material FCC NOTICE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION CHAPTER 2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CHAPTER 3 OPERATION 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Table of Contents Circuit Monitor Description 0 0 eee eeeee
314. tage B N Dmd Vbn Demand Voltage C N Dmd Ven Demand Voltage L N Average Dmd V L N Demand Voltage A B Dmd Vab Demand Voltage B C Dmd Vbc Demand Voltage C A Dmd Vca Demand Voltage L L Avg Dmd V L L Demand Real Power kWD Dmd kW Demand Reactive Power kVARD Dmd kVAR Demand Apparent Power kVA Dmd kVA Harmonics 3rd Harmonic Magnitude Voltage A Van 3rd 5th Harmonic Magnitude Voltage A Van 5th 7th Harmonic Magnitude Voltage A Van 7th 3rd Harmonic Magnitude Voltage B Vbn 3rd 5th Harmonic Magnitude Voltage B Vbn 5th 7th Harmonic Magnitude Voltage B Vbn 7th 3rd Harmonic Magnitude Voltage C Ven 3rd 5th Harmonic Magnitude Voltage C Ven 5th 7th Harmonic Magnitude Voltage C Ven 7th Unbalance Current Unbalance Max Unbl Mx Voltage Unbalance Max L L V Unbl Mx L L Voltage Unbalance Max L N V Unbl Mx L N Displayed on the screen 10 Press the menu button until Save Changes No flashes on the display Press the arrow button to select Yes then press the enter button to save the custom screen 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Viewing Custom Screens Advanced Meter Setup 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 3 Operation If you have a custom screen setup a Custom option will be displayed on the Meters menu To view a custom screen from the Main Menu select Meters gt Custom In the following exampl
315. ted based on Peak Current 1281 Distortion 1 nteger RO N XX 0 1 0 1 000 Demand Over Last Year entered by user in register 3233 Describes harmonic power flow per phase and total 0 into load 1 out of load Bit 00 kW Phase A Bit 01 kW Phase B Bit 02 kW Phase C Bit 03 kW Total Bit 04 reserved Harmonic Power Bit 0 gt STeseryed 1282 Flow 1 Bitmap RO N XX XXXXXXX 0x0000 OxOFOF Bit 06 reserved Bit 07 reserved Bit 08 kVAr Phase A Bit 09 kVAr Phase B Bit 10 kVAr Phase C Bit 11 kVAr Total Bit 12 reserved Bit 13 reserved Bit 14 reserved Bit 15 reserved Sequence Components Current Positive 1284 Sequence 1 nteger RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Magnitude Current Positive 1285 Sequence 1 nteger RO N XX 0 1 0 3 599 Angle Current Negative te 1286 Sequence 1 nteger RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Magnitude Current Negative e 1287 Sequence 1 nteger RO N XX 0 1 0 3 599 Angle Current Zero 1288 Sequence 1 nteger RO N A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Magnitude RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 189 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued
316. ted to input 13 Phase 2 CT may actually be connected to input 11 and the CT polarity may also be reversed Phase 3 CT may actually be connected to input 121 and the CT polarity may also be reversed Phase 1 CT may actually be connected to input 13 and the CT polarity may also be reversed Phase 3 CT may actually be connected to input 11 and the CT polarity may also be reversed Phase 1 CT may actually be connected to input 12 and the CT polarity may also be reversed Phase 2 CT may actually be connected to input 13 and the CT polarity may also be reversed 53 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation 12 2005 54 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual CHAPTER 4 METERING CAPABILITIES REAL TIME READINGS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities The circuit monitor measures currents and voltages and reports in real time the rms values for all three phases neutral and ground current In addition the circuit monitor calculates power factor real power reactive power and more Table 4 1 lists some of the real time readings that are updated every second along with their reportable ranges Table 4 1 One Second Real Time Readings Samples Real Time Readings Reportable Range Current Per Phase 0 to 32 767 A
317. tem Communications Test The firmware version is listed in the firmware revision F W Revision column The circuit monitor can be configured to display text in various languages Language files are installed using the DLF 3000 software application To obtain and use language files refer to the DLF 3000 documentation Contact your local sales representative for information on calibration of the current voltage module on the circuit monitor Please refer to the Technical Support Contacts provided in the circuit monitor shipping carton for a list of support phone numbers by country 137 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 10 Maintenance and Troubleshooting TROUBLESHOOTING Table 10 1 Troubleshooting Potential Problem The red maintenance LED is illuminated on the circuit monitor Possible Cause When the red maintenance LED is illuminated it indicates a potential hardware or firmware problem in the circuit monitor 12 2005 The information in Table 10 1 describes potential problems and their possible causes It also describes checks you can perform or possible solutions for each After referring to this table if you cannot resolve the problem contact the your local Square D Schneider Electric sales representative for assistance HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH e This equipment must be installed and serviced only by qualified personnel Qualified pe
318. terval updated every sub interval Present Demand E 3 Phase total present apparent power 2181 Apparent Power 1 Integer RO N F kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 demand for present demand interval 3 Phase Total Running Average 3 Phase total present apparent power Demand demand running average demand ee Apparent Power 1 Integer RO N F KVA Scale 3260 32 76T calculation of short duration updated 3 Phase Total every second RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 212 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes 2183 Predicted Demand Apparent Power 3 Phase Total Integer RO kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 Predicted apparent power demand at the end of the present interval 2184 Peak Demand Apparent Power 3 Phase Total Integer RO kVA Scale 32 767 32 767 3 Phase total peak apparent power demand peak 2185 Peak Demand DateTime Apparent Power 3 Phase Total DateTime RO XX See Template See Template Date Time of 3 Pha
319. the meter that is below 1 0 V is reported as zero Derate load current 0 56 mA C above 25 C 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 175 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix B Specifications 12 2005 176 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing APPENDIX C ABBREVIATED REGISTER LISTING ABOUT REGISTERS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved For registers defined in bits the rightmost bit is referred to as bit 00 Figure C 1 shows how bits are organized in a register Figure C 1 Bits in a register High Byte Low Byte BOD NN mR ofofofofo ofs fo fofo fo ofs Jofo 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 Bit No The circuit monitor registers can be used with MODBUS or JBUS protocols Although the MODBUS protocol uses a zero based register addressing convention and JBUS protocol uses a one based register addressing convention the circuit monitor automatically compensates for the MODBUS offset of one Regard all registers as holding registers where a 30 000 or 40 000 offset can be used For example Current Phase A will reside in register 31 000 or 41 000 instead of 1 000 Table C 3 on page 180 contains the following ranges of registers e 1000 1067 100 ms data e 1080 1299 Real Time 1 second
320. the time of magnitude Fundamental fy minimum 1449 Coincident 1 nteger BO X x gal 053399 Referenced to A N 4 wire or A B 3 Angle C N C A wire Minimum Voltage Fundamenta 0 32 767 1450 RMS Magnitude 1 nteger RO Y E Volts Scale 32 768 if N A N G Minimum Voltage 0 3 599 Angle at the time of magnitude 1451 Fund Coincident 1 nteger RO Y XX 0 1 32 768 if N A minimum Angle N G Referenced to A N Minimum Fundamental Power Minimum Fundamental 32 767 32 767 h 1455 Real Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase A Minimum Fundamenta 32 767 32 767 4 w 1456 Real Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase B Minimum Fundamenta 32 767 32 767 4 i 1457 Real Power 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase C Minimum 1458 Fundamental 1 Integer RO Y F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Real Power Total Minimum Fundamenta 32 767 32 767 1459 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase A Minimum Fundamental 32 767 32 767 1460 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO Y F kVAr Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Phase B RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights
321. these steps 1 From the Main Menu select Setup The password prompt displays 2 Select your password The default password is 0 The Setup menu displays SETUP Date amp Ti me Display l Communi cations y Meter Alarm L 17 0 Passwords 3 Select I O The I O Setup menu displays C 110 KYZ gt I 0 Extender mw o NOTE Other option modules Slot A or Slot B display in the I O menu if they are installed 25 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 3 Operation 12 2005 4 Select the I O option that you have installed The I O Extender Setup menu displays 1 0 EXTENDER SETUP Select Modules Configure Modules 5 Select the Select Modules menu option The IOX Select Modules menu displays Co 5 10X SELECT MODULES OX 08 1 OX 0404 OX 2411 J Custom 6 If you have the IOX 08 IOX 0404 or IOX 2411 select the option you have installed A pound sign appears next to the option to indicate the present configuration If you installed individual custom I Os select Custom on the IOX Select Modules menu The Custom menu displays C J CUSTOM gt Position 1 DI120AC Position 2 Al 420 Position 3 DI120AC oe tion 4 Al Position 5 DI120AC Position 6 Al 420 eee Position 7 DI120AC Position 8 Al 420 7 Sele
322. tic event captures are possible disturbance adaptive and 100 ms See Types of Waveform Captures on page 107 in Waveform and Event Capture for more about waveform and event 115 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring USING THE CIRCUIT MONITOR WITH SMS TO PERFORM DISTURBANCE MONITORING 12 2005 captures Use SMS to setup the event capture and retrieve the waveform e Record the event in the alarm log When an event occurs the circuit monitor updates the alarm log with an event date and time stamp with 1 millisecond resolution for a sag or swell pickup and an rms magnitude corresponding to the most extreme value of the sag or swell during the event pickup delay Also the circuit monitor can record the sag or swell dropout in the alarm log at the end of the disturbance Information stored includes a dropout time stamp with 1 millisecond resolution and a second rms magnitude corresponding to the most extreme value of the sag or swell Use SMS to view the alarm log e Force a data log entry in up to 14 independent data logs Use SMS to set up and view the data logs e Operate any output relays when the event is detected Indicate the alarm on the display by flashing the alarm LED to show that a sag or swell event has occurred From the circuit monitor s display a list of up to 10 of the previous alarms in the high priority log is available You c
323. ting mode is magnitudes only To configure the harmonic data processing write to the registers described in Table A 3 Table A 3 Registers for Harmonic Calculations Reg No Value Description Harmonic processing 0 disabled 1 magnitudes only enabled 2 magnitudes and angles enabled 3240 0 1 2 Harmonic magnitude formatting 0 of fundamental default 1 ofrms 2 Engineering units Volts Amperes 3 Volts Nominal Amperes 4 Volts Fundamental current in Amperes 3241 0 1 2 3 4 Harmonics Refresh Interval Bete IG pr secouds Default 30 seconds This register shows the time remaining before 3243 TO DO SBCONES lis ney update of harmonic data This register indicates whether harmonic data processing is complete 0 processing incomplete 1 processing complete 3245 0 1 The circuit monitor stores instantaneous metering data in 16 bit single registers A value held in each register must be an integer between 32 767 and 32 767 Because some values for metered current voltage and power readings fall outside this range the circuit monitor uses multipliers or scale factors This enables the circuit monitor to extend the range of metered values that it can record 165 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix A Using the Command Interface 166 12 2005 The circuit monitor stores these multipliers as scale factors A
324. tions on device set up of the circuit monitor Figure 5 1 Demand synch pulse timing Normal Demand Mode External Synch Pulse Demand Timing Billing Meter Billing Meter Demand Timing Demand Timing Utility Meter Synch Pulse Circuit Monitor Circuit Monitor Demand Timing Demand Timing Slaved to Master Depending on the I O modules you select the circuit monitor can accept either voltage or current signals through its analog inputs See Table 5 1 on page 71 for a list of I O options The circuit monitor stores a minimum and a maximum value for each analog input For technical specifications and instructions on installing I O modules refer to the instruction bulletin that ships with the I O see Table 1 2 on page 2 for a list of these publications To set up analog inputs you must first set it up from the display From the main menu select Setup gt I O then select the appropriate analog input option For example if you are using the 10X0404 option of the I O Extender select OX 0404 For detailed instructions see Setting Up I Os on page 25 Then in SMS define the following values for each analog input Name a 16 character label used to identify the analog input e Units the units of the monitored analog value for example psi e Scale factor multiplies the units by this value such as tenths or hundredths e Report Range Lower Limit the value the circuit monitor reports when the input reach
325. to fit into the display may require scale factors e Relays can be configured as normal latched or timed See Relay Output Operating Modes on page 75 for more information e When the alarm occurs the circuit monitor operates any specified relays There are two ways to release relays that are in latched mode Issue a command to de energize a relay or Acknowledge the alarm in the high priority log to release the relays from latched mode From the main menu of the display select View Alarms gt High Priority Log to view and acknowledge unacknowledged alarms See Viewing Alarms on page 45 for detailed instructions The list that follows shows the types of alarms available for some common motor management functions NOTE Voltage base alarm setpoints depend on your system configuration Alarm setpoints for 3 wire systems are V _ values while 4 wire systems are VL y values Undervoltage Pickup and dropout setpoints are entered in volts The per phase undervoltage alarm occurs when the per phase voltage is equal to or below the pickup setpoint long enough to satisfy the specified pickup delay in seconds The undervoltage alarm clears when the phase voltage remains above the dropout setpoint for the specified dropout delay period Overvoltage Pickup and dropout setpoints are entered in volts The per phase overvoltage alarm occurs when the per phase voltage is equal to or above the pickup setpoint long enough
326. top conditional energy accumulation write command code 6320 to register 8000 Clear To clear all conditional energy registers 1728 1747 write command code 6212 to register 8000 Set Control To configure conditional energy for digital input control 1 Write command code 9020 to register 8000 2 In register 3227 set bit 6 to O preserve other bits that are ON 3 Configure the digital input that will drive conditional energy accumulation For the appropriate digital input write 3 to the Base 9 register 4 Write 1 to register 8001 5 Write command code 9021 to register 8000 Clear To clear all conditional energy registers 1728 1747 write command code 6212 to register 8000 Verify Setup To verify proper setup read register 1794 The register should read 0 when the digital input is off indicating that conditional energy accumulation is off The register should read 1 when conditional energy accumulation is on 163 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Appendix A Using the Command Interface INCREMENTAL ENERGY Using Incremental Energy Figure A 3 Increment Energy Example End Time gt ist Interval 7 hours 8 00 a m to 3 00 p m 2nd Interval 7 hours 3 00 p m to 10 00 p m 3rd Interval 2 hours 10 00 p m to 12 00 a m 164 12 2005 The circuit monitor s incremental energy feature allows you to define a start time end time a
327. tor displays the demand value for the last completed interval e Fixed Block In the fixed block interval you select an interval from 1 to 60 minutes in 1 minute increments The circuit monitor calculates and updates the demand at the end of each interval Rolling Block In the rolling block interval you select an interval and a subinterval The subinterval must divide evenly into the interval For example you might set three 5 minute subintervals for a 15 minute interval Demand is updated at each subinterval The circuit monitor displays the demand value for the last completed interval Figure 4 3 on page 61 illustrates the three ways to calculate demand power using the block method For illustration purposes the interval is set to 15 minutes 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities Figure 4 3 Block Interval Demand Examples Calculation updates Demand value is every 15 or the average for 60 seconds z 15 minute interval the last completed interval LEL J Time 15 30 45 60s sec Sliding Block lt Demand value Calculation updates is the average at the end of the interval for last oN completed interval Z 15 minute interval J2 15 minute interval gt 15 min _ 15 30 45 min Fixed Block Calculation updates at lt
328. tor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 195 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 196 Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Minimum Crest 1421 Factor Current 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Minimum Transformer Crest Factor Phase A Minimum Cres 1422 Factor Current 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Minimum Transformer Crest Factor Phase B Minimum Cres 1423 Factor Current 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Minimum Transformer Crest Factor Phase C Minimum Cres AN 0 10 000 Minimum Transformer Crest Factor 1424 Factor Current 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Neutral Minimum Cres Minimum Transformer Crest Factor 1425 Factor 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Voltage A N 4 wire system Voltage A N A B Voltage A B 3 wire system Minimum Cres Minimum Transformer Crest Factor 1426 Factor
329. trolled Relay Functions ccceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 78 Solid State KYZ Pulse Output cece eececeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeteeeeeaeeeeenea 78 2 Wire Pulse Initiator ros issiria inaire edre ienien ti daanin 79 3 Wire Pulse Initiator 02 2 eeseeceseceeeseceeeeseeeeeenceeeseeeeseceeesseeensseeeneseeees 79 Calculating the Kilowatthour Per Pulse Value ccccscceessseeeereeeeeeees 80 Analog Qutputs sci ET A A A canes castatassueasasetbaatey ates 81 Analog Output Example cccecceeeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeaes 82 CHAPTER 6 ALARMS About Alar MS ineo dee edelaube ana aii haee ae 83 Alarms Groups ER AE EE 83 Setpoint Driven Alarms 0 ceceeeceesceeeeeeeeeetececeaeeeaeeseaeeeeesseeseaeeseeeenaees 84 Priorities erian ee RA nd ee 85 Alarmi Levels drann nao thats a R g weacies 85 Custom Alarms iinan ena iniii e E E E s 86 Setpoint Controlled Relay Functions esesseeseeseeeieeeeeeeresieerererneeneneee 86 Types of Setpoint Controlled Relay Functions cccsccceseeeeseeeees 87 SCale eO EAI EEEE AEE A A 89 Scaling Alarm Setpoints cecceccceeeeseeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseaeesaeeeeeeee 90 Alarm Conditions and Alarm Numbers ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeeetaes 91 Waveshape Alarim cccsscceseccceseseeseeeeeeneneeseaeceeneeeeesneeeeseeeseseaeneseeseeoees 97 TAPOSMOMG AETA AA A T AAT 98 Upper LIMIE ii iii ie aa r ee ee
330. ts the circuit that feeds a facility Swells and overvoltages can damage equipment or cause motors to overheat Perhaps the biggest power quality problem is the momentary voltage sag caused by faults on remote circuits A voltage sag is a brief 1 4 cycle to 1 minute decrease in rms voltage magnitude A sag is typically caused by a remote fault somewhere on the power system often initiated by a lightning strike In Figure 9 1 the utility circuit breaker cleared the fault near plant D The fault not only caused an interruption to plant D but also resulted in voltage sags to plants A B and C 113 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring 12 2005 NOTE The CM4250 is able to detect sag and swell events less than 1 4 cycle duration However it may be impractical to have setpoints more sensitive than 10 for voltage and current fluctuations Figure 9 1 A fault can cause voltage sag on the whole system Utility Circuit Breakers with Reclosers 1 Plant A Utility 2 Plant B Transformer 3 Plant C 4 Plant D Fault A fault near plant D cleared by the utility circuit breaker can still affect plants A B and C resulting in a voltage sag System voltage sags are much more numerous than interruptions since a wider part of the distribution system is affected And if reclosers are operating they may cause repeated sags The circuit monitor can reco
331. two commands use the same register Figure A 1 Command Interface Pointer Registers Register 8017 8020 Register 8020 1 status of the last command Register 8018 8021 Register 8021 51 error code caused by the last command Register 8019 8022 Register 8022 0 data returned by the last command 157 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix A Using the Command Interface Issuing Commands Table A 2 Command Codes 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 To issue commands using the command interface follow these general steps 1 Write the related parameter s to the command parameter registers 8001 15 2 Write the command code to command interface register 8000 If no parameters are associated with the command then you need only to write the command code to register 8000 Table A 2 lists the command codes that can be written to the command interface into register 8000 Some commands have an associated registers where you write parameters for that command For example when you write the parameter 9999 to register 8001 and issue command code 3351 all relays will be energized if they are set up for external control Command Command Parameter Paranieters Description Code Register 1110 None None Causes soft reset of the unit re initializes the
332. ty is a circuit monitor feature that restricts access to certain configuration registers and reset commands related to revenue metering The circuit monitor reports evaluation data in register entries and alarm log entries Table 9 1 describes the register entries for the evaluation data Table 9 1 Register Entries Register Number Description 3910 Summary bitmap of active evaluations that reports which areas of evaluation are active in the circuit monitor 3911 Summary bitmap of evaluation status that reports the pass fail status of each area of evaluation Detail bitmap of evaluation status that reports the pass fail status of the evaluation of each individual data item Detailed data summary information is also available for each of the evaluations for the present Portal registers interval and for the previous interval You can access this data over a communications link using Modbus block reads of portal registers Refer to EN50160 Evaluation of Meter Data on page 124 for additional information Log entries for the evaluation data include Onboard alarm log entry for diagnostic alarms When the status of an area of evaluation is outside the range of acceptable values an entry is 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 119 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 9 Disturbance Monitoring Possible Configurations Through Register Writes Evaluation
333. ty values Energizing capacitor banks will typically result in an oscillatory transient on one or more phases Each type of transient is divided into three sub categories related to the frequencies Table 11 1 lists the transients and their three categories Table 11 1 Transient Categories and Sub Categories Transient Categories ee Duration Impulsive Millisecond Low Frequency 0 1 ms rise gt 1ms Microsecond Medium Frequency 1 us rise 50 ns to 1 ms Nanosecond High Frequency 5 ns rise lt 50 ns Oscillatory Low Frequency lt 5 kHz 0 3 to 50 ms Medium Frequency 5 to 500 kHz 5 us to 20 us High Frequency 0 5 to 5 MHz 5 us NOTE Impulsive transients are characterized by their rise time amplitude and duration Oscillatory transients are characterized by their frequency duration Low frequency transients are the most common followed by medium frequency transients While damage can be immediate in cases such as lightning the CM4000T monitors and alerts you to the lower to medium frequency transients which can slowly damage components Early detection 141 POWERLOGIC Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 11 Transient Circuit Monitor CM4000T IMPULSIVE TRANSIENT ALARMS Configuring a Transient Alarm Recording and Analyzing Data 142 12 2005 of repetitive transients can allow you in many instances to take action before your components are damaged The CM4000T provides an
334. uction bulletin provided with the memory expansion kit for instructions on removal and installation of the memory chip Figure 10 1 Memory chip location in the circuit monitor U Memory Chip 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 IDENTIFYING THE FIRMWARE VERSION VIEWING THE DISPLAY IN DIFFERENT LANGUAGES CALIBRATION OF THE CURRENT VOLTAGE MODULE GETTING TECHNICAL SUPPORT 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 10 Maintenance and Troubleshooting You can upgrade the circuit monitor s firmware through any of these ports e RS 485 port e RS 232 port e Infrared ports on the VFD display e Ethernet communications card To determine the firmware version of the circuit monitor s operating system from the remote display do this From the main menu select Diagnostics gt Meter Information The information about your meter displays on the Meter Information screen Your screen may vary slightly C J METER NFORMATI ON Model CM4000 Serial XXXXXXXX DOM 6 9 2000 Reset Rev 10 600 OS Rev 12 840 Language Rev 12 100 Display Rev 5 3 Revenue Secure Off Total Disk MB 16 To determine the firmware version over the communication link use SMS to perform a Sys
335. umulates energy as positive NOTE The reactive accumulated energy is not affected by the VAR sign convention and will remain as shown in the image below 67 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 4 Metering Capabilities POWER ANALYSIS VALUES 68 12 2005 Figure 4 7 Reactive energy accumulates in four quadrants Reactive Power In 2 1 watts negative watts positive vars positive vars positive power factor leading power factor lagging lt Reverse Power Flow Normal Power Flow gt Real Power Ie In watts negative watts positive vars negative vars negative power factor lagging power factor leading Quadrant Quadrant 3 4 The circuit monitor provides a number of power analysis values that can be used to detect power quality problems diagnose wiring problems and more Table 4 5 on page 70 summarizes the power analysis values THD Total Harmonic Distortion THD is a quick measure of the total distortion present in a waveform and is the ratio of harmonic content to the fundamental It provides a general indication of the quality of a waveform THD is calculated for both voltage and current The circuit monitor uses the following equation to calculate THD where H is the harmonic distortion THD ___ ____ x 100 thd An alternate method for calculating Total Harmonic Distortion
336. up gt Alarm gt Create Custom gt Waveshape 2 Enable the alarm Select Setup gt Alarm gt Edit parameters gt Waveshape gt select alarm name gt Enable 3 Select Setup gt Alarm gt Edit Parameters gt Waveshape 4 While your power system is experiencing normal load conditions view registers 2810 2813 for the highest waveshape values collected every second Also view registers 2820 2823 for the maximum waveshape values since the last meter reset You can use these values to help you select a suitable threshold and upper limit 99 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 6 Alarms 12 2005 100 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 CHAPTER 7 LOGGING ABOUT LOGS ALARM LOG Alarm Log Storage DATA LOGS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 7 Logging Logs are files stored in the non volatile memory of the circuit monitor and are referred to as onboard logs Circuit monitor logs include the following Alarm log e User defined data logs e Min Max log and Interval Min Max Average log e Maintenance log Use SMS to set up and view all the logs See the SMS online help for information about working with the circuit monitor s onboard logs Waveform captures and the 100 ms rms event recording are not logs but the information is also saved in
337. ure 108 E EN50160 Evaluation 119 circuit monitor operation when enabled 123 flicker monitoring 124 overview 119 reporting 119 setting up from display 130 energy conditional energy registers 163 energy readings 67 reactive accumulated 67 equipment sensitivity disturbance monitoring for 115 Ethernet communications card set up 13 223 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Index event 100ms event capture 108 capturing events 107 112 cycle by cycle recording 109 event log 45 calculating duration of event 85 correlation sequence number 85 data storage 101 sample entry 84 expanding memory 136 F firmware determining series and firmware version 137 upgrades 137 fixed block 60 flicker 153 Form C contact 79 frequency setup 17 G generic demand calculation 64 getting technical support 137 H harmonic power 69 70 setting up individual calculations 165 values 69 harmonic power flow 70 high priority alarms 45 85 high speed alarms 19 83 Hi Pot testing 135 1 0 options 71 position numbers 160 viewing I O status 47 I O Extender analog outputs 81 options 71 set up 28 impulsive transient alarm creating 143 incremental energy 164 interval 64 using with the command interface 164 infrared port communications 12 input synchronized demand 62 inputs accepting pulse from another meter 62 analog inputs 73 calculating average value 64 digital input alarms 83 digital inputs
338. val and calculates the demand for the preceding interval The circuit monitor then uses the same time interval as the other meter for each demand calculation Figure 5 1 illustrates this point See Synchronized Demand on page 62 for more about demand calculations When in demand synch pulse operating mode the circuit monitor will not start or stop a demand interval without a pulse The maximum allowable time between pulses is 60 minutes If 66 minutes 110 of the demand interval pass before a synch pulse is received the circuit monitor throws out the demand calculations and begins a new calculation when the next pulse is received Once in synch with the billing meter the circuit monitor can be used to verify peak demand charges 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 ANALOG INPUTS 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 5 Input Output Capabilities Important facts about the circuit monitor s demand synch feature are listed below e Any installed digital input can be set to accept a demand synch pulse e Each demand system can choose whether to use an external synch pulse but only one demand synch pulse can be brought into the meter for each demand system One input can be used to synchronize any combination of the demand systems The demand synch feature can be set up from SMS See the SMS online help for instruc
339. value 8 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the other options on the menu or if you are finished press the menu button to save the changes Table 3 8 Options for Custom Quantities Option Available Values Default Lbl Name of the quantity up to 10 characters Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the characters To move to the next option press the menu button Register 4 or 5 digit number of the register in which the quantity 1 000 exists Scale Multiplier of the register value can be one of the following 1 000 001 01 1 1 0 10 100 or 1 000 See Scale Factors on page 89 for more information Format Integer Integer D T date and time MOD10L4 Modulo 10 000 with 4 registers MOD10L3 Modulo 10 000 with 3 registers MOD10L2 Modulo 10 000 with 2 registers Label Text Modulo 10 000 is used to store energy See the SMS online help for more Use the Label format to create a label with no corresponding data register An asterisk next to the quantity indicates that the quantity has been added to the list 9 To save the changes to the Display Setup screen press the menu button The custom quantity is added to the Quantities List in the Custom Screen Setup The new quantity appears at the end of this list after the standard quantities After creating the custom quantity you must create a custom screen to be able to view the new quantity 2005 Schneider Elect
340. ve Sequence Positive Sequence Maximum Voltage 1699 Sequence 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 0 1 000 Unbalance Factor Negative Sequence Positive Sequence Energy 1700 Energy Real In 4 Mod10 RO Y XX WH 1 3 Phase total real energy into the load Energy Reactive In 3 Phase total reactive energy into the 1704 load 4 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 1 3 Phase total real energy out of the 1708 Energy RealOut 4 Mod10 RO Y xx WH 1 aks Energy Reactive Out 3 Phase total reactive energy out of 1712 the load 4 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 1 RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 209 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Energy Real 1716 Sredio 4 Mod10 RO Y XX WH 2 Total Real Energy In Out or In Out Energy Reactive Total Total Reactive Energy In Out or In 1720 signed absolute 4 Mod10 RO Y XX VArH 2 Out 1724 Energy Apparent 4 Mod10 RO y XX VA
341. veform cccceseesceeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeneeeee 107 Disturbance Waveform Capture cecceesceeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesieeeeeeeaees 107 Adaptive Waveform Capture c ceceeeeeeseeeseeeeeeceeeeeneeseeeseaeeeeeseeeeaes 108 100ms rms Event Recording eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeereaeeeseneeeeeeneereeees 108 Cycle by Cycle RMS Event Recording ccccesceesseeeeeeeereeeeeeneeeneeteas 109 Setting Up Cycle by Cycle RMS Event Recording 00s0 109 Configuring the Alarms ecceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseaeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeenaees 110 Setting Up the Circuit Monitor for Automatic Event Capture 111 Setting Up Alarm Triggered Event Capture 0 00 ceeceeseeeeeeeeeeneees 111 Setting Up Input Triggered Event Capture eceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeneees 111 Waveform Storage 2 i aelieisl decid daddies a Ea A o eana AKES 111 How the Circuit Monitor Captures an Event cccecceeseeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 112 About Disturbance Monitoring 00 0 0 eeeeceeeneeeeeneeeeneeeeeneeeeseneeenenneeteeees 113 Capabilities of the Circuit Monitor During an Event n se 115 Using the Circuit Monitor with SMS to Perform Disturbance Monitoring 116 Understanding the Alarm Log eeseeeesseseseeeeneeeeeeneeeeeneeetseeeseeeeeaes 117 Using EN50160 Evaluation 00 eee eeeeeeeeseeeeeneeereneeeeesaeeeeeeeeseneeeenneeeeeea 119 OVEIVICW marian ihn ities ee etnies ee edo aida 119 How Results of the Evaluations
342. ximum 1674 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Current Phase A Maximum 1675 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Sca Current Phase B 0 32 767 o Maximum 1676 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Sca Current Phase C 0 32 767 oJ Maximum 1677 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y B Amperes Scal Current Neutral 0 32 767 32 768 if N A o 4 wire system only Maximum 1678 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage A Voltage A N 4 wire system Voltage A B 3 wire system Maximum 1679 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage B Voltage B N 4 wire system Voltage B C 3 wire system Maximum 1680 Harmonic 1 Integer RO Y D Volts Scale 0 32 767 Voltage C Voltage C N 4 wire system Voltage C A 3 wire system Maximum Total 1681 Demand 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 01 0 10 000 Distortion Maximum Sequence Components Maximum Current Positive 1684 Sequence 1 Magnitude Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Maximum 1685 Current Positive 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 1 0 3 599 Sequence Angle Maximum Current 1686 Negative 1 Integer RO Y A Amperes Scale 0 32 767 Sequence Magnitude RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored
343. xpressed as of fundamental Maximum 0 32 767 Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1607 THD thd Voltage 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental Phase A N i 4 wire system only Maximum 0 32 767 Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1608 THD thd Voltage 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental Phase B N 3 4 wire system only Maximum 0 32 767 Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1609 THD thd Voltage 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental Phase C N 5 4 wire system only Maximum 0 32 767 Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1610 THD thd Voltage 1 Integer RO Y XX 0 10 32 768 if N A Expressed as of fundamental Phase N G i 4 wire system only RO Read only R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See How Power Factor is Stored in the Register on page 178 See How Date and Time Are Stored in Registers on page 178 204 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 63230 300 212B1 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 12 2005 Appendix C Abbreviated Register Listing Table C 3 Abbreviated Register List continued Reg Name Size Type Access NV Scale Units Range Notes Maximum f E e Ta 1611 THD thd Voltage 1 nteger RO Y xx 0 10 AS27675 e Eerma eee Phase A B P a Maximum f PREAS Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion 1612 THD thd Voltage 1
344. xternal device can also trigger the capture This log will terminate after a period of time that you designate or upon alarm dropout early terminate whichever comes first You can set the duration of the event recording up to 3000 entries 50 seconds for a 60 Hz system The number of pre event records can be from 0 100 The quantities logged in the Cycle by Cycle log are not user configurable They are the rms values of eight channels Vab Vbo Vea Vno la Ibs lo and In A date time stamp is also appended to each entry ng Setting Up Cycle by Cycle RMS Event To set up Cycle by Cycle RMS Event Recording refer to Appendix B for Recording instructions on using command codes and follow these steps 1 Write 9020 in register 8000 2 Enter the parameters in the registers as shown in Table 8 4 on page 110 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 109 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual 63230 300 212B1 Chapter 8 Waveform and Event Capture 12 2005 Table 8 4 Parameter Settings for Cycle by Cycle RMS Event Register Register Name Parameter Description 8001 30 File number 8002 Command 8 Allocated records size not user parameters configurable 8003 3000 Allocated file size per number of records r Register number where status will be 8017 Status pointer 8020 placed A Register number where result will be 8018 Result pointer 8021 placed a Register number where d
345. y affect the amount of memory used e The number of data log files 1 to 14 e The registers logged in each entry 1 to 96 for each data log file e The maximum number of entries in each data log file e The maximum number of events in the alarm log file e The maximum number of waveform captures in each of the waveform capture files Consider that you set the maximum number for three different waveform captures steady state disturbance waveform cycles and adaptive waveforms seconds plus a 100 ms rms event recording The number you enter for each of the above items depends on the amount of the memory that is still available and the available memory depends on the numbers you ve already assigned to the other items With a minimum of 16 MB of memory it is unlikely that you will need to use all the circuit monitor s memory even if you use all 14 data logs and the other recording features However it is important to understand that memory is shared by the alarm logs data logs and waveform captures Figure 7 1 on the left shows how the memory might be allocated In Figure 7 1 the user has set up an adaptive waveform seconds a 100 ms event recording an alarm log and three data logs two small logs and one larger log Of the total available nonvolatile memory about 25 is still available If the user decided to add a fourth data log file the file could be no larger than the space still available 25 of the circuit m
346. y period the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in seconds 2005 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 93 PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference Manual Chapter 6 Alarms Table 6 4 Type Alarm Types Description 63230 300 212B1 12 2005 Operation 012 Over Reverse Power Alarm If the absolute value in the test register exceeds the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register falls below the dropout setpoint long enough to satisfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout This alarm will only hold true for reverse power conditions Positive power values will not cause the alarm to occur Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in seconds 020 Under Value Alarm If the test register value is below the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register rises above the dropout setpoint long enough to satisfy the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in seconds 021 Under Power Alarm If the absolute value in the test register is below the setpoint long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period the alarm condition will be true When the value in the test register rises above the dropout setpoint long enough to sati
347. y the specified pickup delay When all of the phases remain at or above the dropout value for the dropout delay period or when all of the phases drop below the specified phase loss pickup value the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in hundreds of milliseconds The phase loss current alarm will occur when any one or two phase currents but not all fall to the pickup value and remain at or below the pickup value long enough to satisfy the specified pickup delay When all of the phases remain at or above the dropout value for the dropout delay period or when all of the phases drop below the specified phase loss pickup value the alarm will dropout Pickup and dropout setpoints are positive delays are in hundreds of milliseconds The leading power factor alarm will occur when the test register value becomes more leading than the pickup setpoint closer to 0 010 and remains more leading long enough to satisfy the pickup delay period When the value becomes equal to or less leading than the dropout setpoint that is 1 000 and remains less leading for the dropout delay period the alarm will dropout Both the pickup setpoint and the dropout setpoint must be positive values representing leading power factor Enter setpoints as integer values representing power factor in thousandths For example to define a dropout setpoint of 0 5 enter 500 Delays are in hundreds of milliseconds 055 Lagging Power Factor T
348. ynch input e Time Synch you can configure one digital input to receive a signal from a GPS receiver that provides a serial pulse stream in accordance to the DCF 77 format to synchronize the internal clock of the circuit monitor e Conditional Energy Control you can configure one digital input to control conditional energy see Energy Readings on page 66 for more about conditional energy To set up a digital input on the I O extender you must first define it from the display From the main menu select Setup gt I O Select the appropriate digital input option For example if you are using IOX 2411 option of the I O Extender select OX 2411 For detailed instructions see Setting Up I Os on page 25 in Operation Then using SMS define the name and operating mode of the digital input The name is a 16 character label that identifies the digital input The operating mode is one of those listed above See the SMS online help for instructions on device set up of the circuit monitor You can configure the circuit monitor to accept a demand synch pulse from an external source such as another demand meter By accepting demand synch pulses through a digital input the circuit monitor can make its demand interval window match the other meter s demand interval window The circuit monitor does this by watching the digital input for a pulse from the other demand meter When it sees a pulse it starts a new demand inter
349. ystem only Phase A Fundamental 1256 Real Power 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale es oS ENAT 4 wire system only Phase B Fundamental 1257 Real Power 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale nae am ie 4 wire system only Phase C i Fundamental 1258 Real Power Total 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Fundamental 1259 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO N F kVAr Scale roe FNA 4 wire system only Phase A Fundamental 1260 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO N F kVAr Scale pace TNA 4 wire system only Phase B i Fundamental 1261 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO N F kVAr Scale ee RNIN 4 wire system only Phase C i Fundamental 1262 Reactive Power 1 Integer RO N F kVAr Scale 32 767 32 767 Total Distortion Power and Power Factor Distortion Power 32 767 32 767 sien 1264 Phase A 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Distortion Power 32 767 32 767 aes 1265 Phase B 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Distortion Power 32 767 32 767 Saat 1266 Phase C 1 Integer RO N F kW Scale 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only 1267 ae Power 4 Integer RO N F kW Scale 32 767 32 767 Distortion Power 0 1 000 cis 1268 Factor Phase A 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only Distortion Power 0 1 000 nah 1269 Factor Phase B 1 Integer RO N XX 0 10 32 768 if N A 4 wire system only RO Read only 188 R CW Read configure writeable if in a setup session NV Nonvolatile See

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

Addonics Technologies PUDDESP User's Manual  KIPLIN HALL FAMILY TREES USER GUIDE FOR THE GEDHTREE  Wasp DT10  Descargar - Triangular SA  2612 KB  USER MANUAL BP500L SERIES  Hudson Valley Lighting, Inc. P.O. Box 7459 106 Pierces Road  Samsung 20" LED Монитор серии Q 2053BW Инструкция по использованию  Moxa PT-G7509-F-HV network switch  SCANDINAVIA UNE FENÊTRE SUR LE MONDE.  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file